1 #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
30 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
31 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
35 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
37 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
38 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
39 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
42 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
43 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
45 % redefine the greyed out note
46 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
47 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
49 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
54 \font_typewriter default
55 \font_default_family default
64 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
65 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
69 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
70 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
71 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
76 \pdf_pagebackref false
77 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
78 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
85 \paperorientation portrait
96 \paragraph_separation indent
98 \quotes_language english
101 \paperpagestyle default
102 \tracking_changes false
103 \output_changes false
106 \extra_embedded_files ""
120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
122 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
125 lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
131 \begin_inset Newline newline
135 \begin_inset Newline newline
139 \begin_inset Note Note
142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
143 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
144 \begin_inset Newline newline
149 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
157 \begin_layout Standard
158 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
159 LatexCommand tableofcontents
166 \begin_layout Chapter
170 \begin_layout Section
174 \begin_layout Standard
175 LyX is a document preparation system.
176 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
177 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
178 It is unlike most other
179 \begin_inset Quotes eld
183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
186 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
188 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
189 \begin_inset Quotes eld
193 \begin_inset Quotes erd
197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
200 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
205 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
209 \begin_layout Standard
210 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
223 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
227 \begin_layout Standard
229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
237 \begin_inset Quotes erd
240 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
241 the format of all of the manuals.
242 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
243 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
260 \begin_layout Section
264 \begin_layout Standard
265 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
267 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
268 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
270 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
277 \begin_inset Quotes eld
281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
289 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
292 \begin_layout Standard
293 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
294 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
295 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
297 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
298 only a vertical scrollbar.
299 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
300 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
301 This, however, is due
302 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
303 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
304 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
305 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
307 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
308 this doesn't work for equations yet.
311 \begin_layout Standard
312 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
318 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
320 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
325 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
326 ing sections of this documentation.
329 \begin_layout Section
333 \begin_layout Standard
334 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
339 of the manuals from inside LyX.
340 Just select the manual you want read from the
347 \begin_layout Section
349 \begin_inset CommandInset label
351 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
358 \begin_layout Standard
359 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
360 without resorting to configuration files.
361 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
362 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
363 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
378 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
379 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
380 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
381 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
383 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
391 Reconfiguration of LyX
396 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
399 \begin_layout Section
401 \begin_inset CommandInset label
403 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
410 \begin_layout Standard
411 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
412 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
435 that will be created when using the menu
437 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
456 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
457 \begin_inset Note Note
460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
461 The two braces in the ERT box prevent that the term
462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
469 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
470 More on ERT is described in section
475 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
481 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
486 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
488 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
502 Reconfiguration of LyX
510 \begin_layout Chapter
514 \begin_layout Section
515 Basic File Operations
519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
528 \begin_layout Standard
533 menu are basic operations for any word processor in addition to some more
537 \begin_layout Itemize
543 \begin_layout Itemize
561 \begin_layout Itemize
567 \begin_layout Itemize
573 \begin_layout Itemize
579 \begin_layout Itemize
589 \begin_layout Itemize
603 \begin_layout Itemize
613 \begin_layout Itemize
619 \begin_layout Itemize
625 \begin_layout Itemize
631 \begin_layout Itemize
637 \begin_layout Standard
638 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
639 a few minor differences.
642 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
657 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
658 you for a template to use.
659 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
660 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
661 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
667 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
669 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
676 \begin_layout Standard
678 \begin_inset Quotes eld
682 \begin_inset Quotes erd
686 \begin_inset Quotes eld
690 \begin_inset Quotes erd
694 \begin_inset Quotes eld
698 \begin_inset Quotes erd
701 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
702 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
705 \begin_layout Standard
726 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
731 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
756 will reload the document from disk.
757 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
758 and want to restore it to the last save.
767 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
768 can identify this as your changes.
771 \begin_layout Section
772 Basic Editing Features
776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
783 \begin_inset CommandInset label
785 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
792 \begin_layout Standard
793 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
794 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
795 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
796 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
798 We'll start with cut and paste.
801 \begin_layout Standard
802 As you might expect, the
806 menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features.
807 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
811 \begin_layout Itemize
817 \begin_layout Itemize
823 \begin_layout Itemize
829 \begin_layout Itemize
839 \begin_layout Itemize
849 \begin_layout Itemize
863 \begin_layout Standard
864 The first three are self-explanatory.
865 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
866 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
875 keys also functions as the
880 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
881 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
886 to get back the lost text.
889 \begin_layout Standard
893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
899 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
908 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
911 \begin_layout Standard
914 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
919 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
930 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
936 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
945 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
946 will start a new paragraph.
949 \begin_layout Standard
953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
971 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
995 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1000 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1003 \begin_inset Space ~
1012 \begin_inset Space ~
1017 button to skip the current word.
1021 \begin_inset Space ~
1026 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1030 \begin_inset Space ~
1035 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1037 If the toggle is set, searching for
1038 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1049 will not match the word
1050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1058 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1064 Match whole words only
1066 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
1068 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1076 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1080 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1088 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1094 \begin_layout Standard
1095 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1096 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1098 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1103 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1110 \begin_layout Section
1115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1132 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1134 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1141 \begin_layout Standard
1142 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1143 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1146 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1149 to undo some mistake.
1150 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1152 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1156 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1160 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1163 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimize memory
1168 \begin_layout Standard
1169 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
1170 it was last saved, the
1171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1178 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1179 This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
1182 \begin_layout Standard
1191 work on almost everything in LyX.
1192 They have some quirks, too.
1201 text character by character, but by blocks of text.
1202 That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with
1210 to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll
1211 surely appreciate how it works.
1214 \begin_layout Section
1219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1228 \begin_layout Standard
1229 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1232 \begin_layout Enumerate
1237 \begin_layout Itemize
1242 once anywhere in the edit window.
1243 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1247 \begin_layout Enumerate
1252 \begin_layout Itemize
1258 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1261 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1264 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1267 \begin_layout Itemize
1268 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1270 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1277 \begin_layout Enumerate
1278 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1282 \begin_layout Standard
1287 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1288 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1289 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1293 \begin_layout Enumerate
1298 \begin_layout Standard
1303 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1308 \begin_layout Section
1310 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1312 name "sec:Key-Bindings"
1320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1329 \begin_layout Standard
1330 We're not going to cover all of the keybindings.
1331 Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA
1333 LyX's default is CUA.
1336 \begin_layout Standard
1340 \begin_inset Space ~
1348 \begin_inset Space ~
1369 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1373 \begin_layout Labeling
1374 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1378 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1379 LatexCommand nomenclature
1381 description "Tabulator key"
1387 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1388 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1389 \begin_inset Space ~
1393 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1395 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1400 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1402 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1406 , especially section
1407 \begin_inset Space ~
1411 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1413 reference "sub:Lists"
1419 If you're still confused, look in the
1426 \begin_layout Labeling
1427 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1431 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1432 LatexCommand nomenclature
1434 description "Escape key"
1441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1448 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1449 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1452 \begin_layout Labeling
1453 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1459 \begin_inset Space ~
1463 \begin_inset Space ~
1470 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1471 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1475 \begin_layout Standard
1476 There are three modifier keys:
1479 \begin_layout Labeling
1480 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1486 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1494 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1498 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1499 LatexCommand nomenclature
1501 description "Control key"
1505 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1506 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1510 \begin_layout Itemize
1519 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1522 \begin_layout Itemize
1531 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1534 \begin_layout Itemize
1543 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1547 \begin_layout Labeling
1548 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1554 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1562 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1566 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1567 LatexCommand nomenclature
1569 description "Shift key"
1573 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1574 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1577 \begin_layout Labeling
1578 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1584 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1592 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1596 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1597 LatexCommand nomenclature
1599 description "Meta or Alt key"
1603 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1604 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1605 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1611 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1613 menu accelerator keys
1616 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1617 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1621 \begin_layout Standard
1622 For example, the sequence
1623 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1629 \begin_inset Space ~
1633 \begin_inset Space ~
1639 \begin_inset Space ~
1647 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1655 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1659 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1664 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1670 \begin_inset Space ~
1676 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1686 \begin_layout Standard
1687 There are also other things bound to the
1691 key, but you'll have to check in the
1703 \begin_layout Standard
1704 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
1705 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
1706 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
1707 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
1708 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1709 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1710 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1713 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1719 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1726 followed by a capital
1732 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1750 \begin_layout Chapter
1755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1764 \begin_layout Section
1769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1778 \begin_layout Subsection
1782 \begin_layout Standard
1783 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
1784 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
1785 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
1786 numbering schemes, and so on.
1787 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
1788 and format the title of your document differently.
1791 \begin_layout Standard
1796 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
1797 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
1798 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
1799 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
1800 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
1803 \begin_layout Standard
1804 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
1805 how to adjust their properties.
1808 \begin_layout Subsection
1813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1820 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1822 name "sec:Document-Classes"
1829 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1833 \begin_layout Standard
1834 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
1838 \begin_layout Description
1839 Article for basic articles
1842 \begin_layout Description
1843 Report for basic reports
1846 \begin_layout Description
1847 Book for writing a book
1850 \begin_layout Description
1851 Letter for US-style letters
1854 \begin_layout Standard
1855 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
1857 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
1858 can be found in chapter
1860 Special Document Classes
1869 \begin_layout Description
1870 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
1873 \begin_layout Description
1880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1889 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
1893 \begin_layout Description
1894 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
1895 Mathematical Society (AMS).
1896 There are three article layouts available.
1897 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
1898 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
1899 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
1900 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
1902 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1905 sequential numbering
1906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1909 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
1910 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
1911 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
1912 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
1915 \begin_layout Description
1916 Beamer Layout for presentations
1919 \begin_layout Description
1920 broadway Layout for writing plays.
1921 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1925 \begin_layout Description
1927 \begin_inset Space ~
1930 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
1933 \begin_layout Description
1934 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1937 \begin_layout Description
1940 Die TeXnische Komödie
1942 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
1945 \begin_layout Description
1946 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
1949 \begin_layout Description
1950 Foils Used to make transparencies
1953 \begin_layout Description
1954 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1957 \begin_layout Description
1958 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
1959 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1963 \begin_layout Description
1964 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
1965 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
1968 \begin_layout Description
1969 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
1972 \begin_layout Description
1973 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
1976 \begin_layout Description
1977 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
1978 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
1981 \begin_layout Description
1982 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
1985 \begin_layout Description
1990 LaTeX document class
1993 \begin_layout Description
1994 Powerdot Layout for presentations
1997 \begin_layout Description
2002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2009 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2010 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2012 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2015 \begin_layout Description
2016 Slides Used to make transparencies
2019 \begin_layout Description
2021 \begin_inset Space ~
2024 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2025 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2028 \begin_layout Description
2029 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2032 \begin_layout Description
2037 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2040 \begin_layout Standard
2041 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2043 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2048 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2049 of the document classes.
2052 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2056 \begin_layout Standard
2057 You can select a class using the
2059 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2073 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2077 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2081 \begin_layout Standard
2082 Each class has a default set of options.
2083 Here's a quick table describing them:
2086 \begin_layout Standard
2087 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2093 \begin_layout Standard
2095 \begin_inset Tabular
2096 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2098 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2099 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2100 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2101 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2102 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2556 \begin_layout Standard
2557 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2563 \begin_layout Standard
2564 You're probably also wondering what
2565 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2569 \begin_inset Space ~
2573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2577 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2578 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2583 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2588 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
2598 headings, there are also
2606 headings, and so on.
2607 We'll describe these headings fully in section
2608 \begin_inset Space ~
2612 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2614 reference "sub:Headings"
2621 \begin_layout Subsection
2626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2633 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2635 name "sub:Document-Layout"
2645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2654 \begin_layout Standard
2655 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
2657 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2668 \begin_inset Space ~
2673 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
2675 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
2676 to use for your document.
2677 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
2681 \begin_layout Standard
2685 \begin_inset Space ~
2694 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
2695 You can choose between the following five options:
2698 \begin_layout Labeling
2699 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2704 Use default pagestyle of current class.
2707 \begin_layout Labeling
2708 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2713 No page numbers or headings.
2716 \begin_layout Labeling
2717 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2725 \begin_layout Labeling
2726 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2731 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
2732 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
2733 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
2736 \begin_layout Labeling
2737 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2742 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
2749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2750 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
2758 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
2759 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
2761 Check the documentation for the
2765 package for more details,
2766 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
2775 \begin_layout Standard
2780 of paragraphs is described in section
2781 \begin_inset Space ~
2785 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2787 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2794 \begin_layout Subsection
2795 Paper Size and Orientation
2799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2800 Document ! Paper size
2806 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2808 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
2815 \begin_layout Standard
2816 You'll find the following options in the menu
2819 \begin_inset Space ~
2824 of the dialog of the
2826 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2844 \begin_layout Labeling
2845 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2850 What size paper to print on.
2854 \begin_layout Itemize
2860 \begin_layout Itemize
2870 \begin_layout Itemize
2876 \begin_layout Itemize
2882 \begin_layout Itemize
2888 \begin_layout Itemize
2894 \begin_layout Itemize
2900 \begin_layout Labeling
2901 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2906 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
2917 \begin_layout Labeling
2918 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2922 \begin_inset Space ~
2927 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
2928 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
2931 \begin_layout Subsection
2936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2943 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2962 \begin_layout Standard
2963 Paper margins are set in the menu
2965 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2983 \begin_layout Standard
2984 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
2985 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
2986 the paper format and the font size into account.
2989 \begin_layout Subsection
2993 \begin_layout Standard
2994 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
2999 That includes the paragraph environments.
3000 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3001 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3002 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3003 paragraph environments to
3007 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3008 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3009 the conversion and why it failed.
3012 \begin_layout Section
3013 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3018 Paragraph ! Indentation
3026 \begin_layout Subsection
3028 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3030 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3037 \begin_layout Standard
3038 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3039 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3042 \begin_layout Standard
3043 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3044 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3045 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3046 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3050 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3056 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3057 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3058 language than English.
3059 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3062 \begin_layout Standard
3063 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3064 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
3066 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3067 LyX takes care of that.
3068 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3070 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3071 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3072 of a page, and so on.
3076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3077 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3082 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3083 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3087 of these pre-coded spacings.
3088 We'll explain more later.
3091 \begin_layout Subsection
3092 Paragraph Separation
3096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3097 Paragraph ! Separation
3105 \begin_layout Standard
3106 To separate paragraphs, select
3117 \begin_inset Space ~
3124 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3137 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3138 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3139 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3142 \begin_layout Standard
3152 \begin_layout Standard
3153 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3154 \begin_inset Space ~
3158 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3160 reference "cap:Units"
3165 The default length is 30
3166 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
3172 \begin_layout Subsection
3176 \begin_layout Standard
3177 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3180 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3182 \begin_inset Space ~
3187 dialog and toggle the
3190 \begin_inset Space ~
3195 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3196 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3197 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3201 \begin_layout Standard
3202 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3203 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3206 \begin_layout Subsection
3211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3212 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3220 \begin_layout Standard
3223 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3236 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3239 \begin_inset Space ~
3248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3249 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3256 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3263 installed to use this feature.
3271 \begin_layout Section
3272 Paragraph Environments
3276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3277 Paragraph ! Environments
3283 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3285 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3294 Paragraph environments|(
3302 \begin_layout Subsection
3306 \begin_layout Standard
3307 The paragraph environments correspond to the various
3310 \begin_layout Standard
3329 \begin_inset Newline newline
3332 command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
3333 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3334 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3343 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3346 \begin_layout Standard
3347 A paragraph environment is simply a
3348 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3352 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3355 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3356 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3357 scheme, labels, and so on.
3358 Additionally, you can
3359 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3363 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3366 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3367 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3368 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3369 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3370 days of typewriters.
3371 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3373 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3376 \begin_layout Standard
3377 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left
3379 LyX will change the environment of the
3383 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3384 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3385 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3389 \begin_layout Standard
3398 create a new paragraph using the
3402 paragraph environment.
3404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3408 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3411 because if you are in one of these environments:
3414 \begin_layout Itemize
3420 \begin_layout Itemize
3426 \begin_layout Itemize
3432 \begin_layout Itemize
3438 \begin_layout Itemize
3444 \begin_layout Itemize
3450 \begin_layout Itemize
3456 \begin_layout Standard
3457 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3461 , rather than resetting it to
3466 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3467 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3468 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
3469 \begin_inset Space ~
3473 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3475 reference "sec:Nesting"
3480 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3485 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3486 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3494 \begin_layout Subsection
3498 \begin_layout Standard
3499 The default paragraph environment is
3504 It creates a plain paragraph.
3505 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3506 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3507 this manual) are in the
3514 \begin_layout Standard
3515 You can nest a paragraph using the
3519 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3527 \begin_layout Subsection
3532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3541 \begin_layout Standard
3542 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3544 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3548 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3551 for thanks or contact information.
3552 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3553 page along with today's date.
3554 For other types of documents, the title
3555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3562 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3566 \begin_layout Standard
3567 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
3581 Here's how you use them:
3584 \begin_layout Itemize
3585 Put the title of your document in the
3592 \begin_layout Itemize
3593 Put the author name in the
3600 \begin_layout Itemize
3601 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
3602 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
3608 Note that using this environment is optional.
3609 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
3610 If you don't want any date, add the line
3611 \begin_inset Newline newline
3621 \begin_inset Newline newline
3624 to the preamble of your document (menu
3626 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3632 \begin_layout Standard
3633 You can use footnotes to insert
3634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3638 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3641 or contact informations.
3644 \begin_layout Subsection
3649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3656 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3665 \begin_layout Standard
3666 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
3667 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
3670 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3676 Section headings ! Numbered
3684 \begin_layout Standard
3685 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
3689 \begin_layout Enumerate
3695 \begin_layout Enumerate
3701 \begin_layout Enumerate
3707 \begin_layout Enumerate
3713 \begin_layout Enumerate
3719 \begin_layout Enumerate
3725 \begin_layout Enumerate
3731 \begin_layout Standard
3732 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
3733 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
3734 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
3737 \begin_layout Standard
3738 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
3739 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
3740 You group the book into chapters.
3741 LyX does similar grouping:
3744 \begin_layout Itemize
3749 is divided in either
3758 \begin_layout Itemize
3770 \begin_layout Itemize
3782 \begin_layout Itemize
3794 \begin_layout Itemize
3806 \begin_layout Itemize
3818 \begin_layout Standard
3819 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
3822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3827 Not all document types use the
3831 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
3836 is the top-level heading.
3844 \begin_layout Standard
3849 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
3850 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
3852 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
3854 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3858 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3864 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3870 Section headings ! Unnumbered
3878 \begin_layout Standard
3879 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
3883 \begin_layout Enumerate
3889 \begin_layout Enumerate
3895 \begin_layout Enumerate
3901 \begin_layout Enumerate
3907 \begin_layout Enumerate
3913 \begin_layout Standard
3915 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3919 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3922 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
3923 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
3924 table of contents, see section
3925 \begin_inset Space ~
3929 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3938 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3939 Changing the Numbering
3940 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3942 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
3949 \begin_layout Standard
3950 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
3951 in the Table of Contents.
3952 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
3954 Certain classes start with
3968 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
3978 This is something you can change.
3981 \begin_layout Standard
3984 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4004 \begin_inset Space ~
4008 \begin_inset Space ~
4013 you'll see two counters.
4018 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4020 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4024 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4025 Short Titles of Headings
4029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4030 Section headings ! Short titles
4039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4046 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4048 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4055 \begin_layout Standard
4056 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4057 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
4058 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4059 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4062 \begin_layout Standard
4063 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4064 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4065 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4066 To specify a short title, use the menu
4068 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4070 \begin_inset Space ~
4076 This will insert a box labeled
4077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4089 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4092 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4093 This also works for captions inside floats.
4096 \begin_layout Standard
4097 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4100 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4104 \begin_layout Standard
4105 The following information applies to all section headings:
4108 \begin_layout Itemize
4109 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4112 \begin_layout Itemize
4113 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4116 \begin_layout Itemize
4117 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4120 \begin_layout Itemize
4121 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4124 \begin_layout Subsection
4125 Quotes and Poetryline spacing
4128 \begin_layout Standard
4129 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4143 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4144 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4145 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4146 the text they contain.
4147 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4155 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4158 \begin_layout Standard
4159 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4168 when you start a new paragraph.
4169 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4173 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4174 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4175 to change back to the
4179 environment yourself.
4182 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4192 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4211 \begin_layout Standard
4212 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4213 time for the differences.
4222 are identical except for one difference:
4226 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4235 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4238 \begin_layout Standard
4239 Here's an example of the
4252 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4254 See -- no indentation!
4258 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4259 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4260 the other paragraph.
4263 \begin_layout Standard
4264 Here's another example, this time in the
4271 \begin_layout Quotation
4277 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4278 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4279 the first line, then
4283 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4287 you were quoting other text.
4290 \begin_layout Quotation
4291 Here's a new paragraph.
4292 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4293 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4296 \begin_layout Standard
4297 As the examples show,
4301 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4302 They should put quotes in the
4307 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4311 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4314 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4342 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4351 \begin_layout Standard
4356 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4362 \begin_inset Newline newline
4365 Which I did not rehearse!
4369 It could be much worse.
4370 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4372 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4373 indented a bit more than the first.
4374 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4380 \begin_inset Newline newline
4383 And make things look fine
4384 \begin_inset Newline newline
4394 \begin_layout Standard
4399 does not indent both margins.
4400 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4401 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
4412 \begin_layout Subsection
4417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4424 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4433 \begin_layout Standard
4434 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4444 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4453 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4454 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4455 some general features of all four of them.
4458 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4462 \begin_layout Standard
4463 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4465 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4474 reset the environment to
4478 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4479 The nesting depth is typically reset, however.
4480 If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment,
4485 to break paragraphs.
4488 \begin_layout Standard
4489 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4490 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4492 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4493 you read all of section
4494 \begin_inset Space ~
4498 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4500 reference "sec:Nesting"
4508 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4524 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4533 \begin_layout Standard
4534 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4538 paragraph environment.
4539 It has the following properties:
4542 \begin_layout Itemize
4543 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4547 \begin_layout Itemize
4548 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4551 \begin_layout Itemize
4552 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4556 \begin_layout Itemize
4557 The items can have any length.
4558 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4559 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4566 \begin_layout Itemize
4571 environment inside another
4575 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4579 \begin_layout Itemize
4580 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
4583 \begin_layout Itemize
4584 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
4587 \begin_layout Itemize
4589 \begin_inset Space ~
4593 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4595 reference "sec:Nesting"
4599 for a full explanation of nesting.
4603 \begin_layout Standard
4604 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
4613 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
4616 \begin_layout Standard
4617 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
4618 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
4619 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
4622 \begin_layout Itemize
4623 The label for the first level
4627 is a large black dot, or bullet.
4631 \begin_layout Itemize
4632 The label for the second level is a dash.
4636 \begin_layout Itemize
4637 The label for the third is an asterisk.
4641 \begin_layout Itemize
4642 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
4646 \begin_layout Itemize
4647 Back out to the third level.
4651 \begin_layout Itemize
4652 Back to the second level.
4656 \begin_layout Itemize
4657 Back to the outermost level.
4660 \begin_layout Standard
4661 These are the default labels for an
4666 You can customize these labels in the
4668 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4671 dialog in the submenu
4681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4690 \begin_layout Standard
4691 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
4692 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
4694 \begin_inset Space ~
4698 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4700 reference "sec:Nesting"
4707 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4723 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4725 name "sec:Enumerate"
4732 \begin_layout Standard
4737 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
4738 It has these properties:
4741 \begin_layout Enumerate
4742 Each item has a numeral as its label.
4746 \begin_layout Enumerate
4747 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
4751 \begin_layout Enumerate
4752 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
4755 \begin_layout Enumerate
4760 environment resets the counter to one.
4763 \begin_layout Enumerate
4776 \begin_layout Enumerate
4777 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
4778 Items can have any length.
4781 \begin_layout Enumerate
4782 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
4785 \begin_layout Enumerate
4786 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
4789 \begin_layout Enumerate
4790 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
4794 \begin_layout Standard
4803 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
4804 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
4811 \begin_layout Enumerate
4812 The first level of an
4816 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
4820 \begin_layout Enumerate
4821 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
4825 \begin_layout Enumerate
4826 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
4830 \begin_layout Enumerate
4831 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
4834 \begin_layout Enumerate
4835 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
4840 \begin_layout Enumerate
4841 Back to the third level
4845 \begin_layout Enumerate
4846 Back to the second level.
4850 \begin_layout Enumerate
4851 Back to the outermost level.
4854 \begin_layout Standard
4855 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
4860 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
4865 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
4869 \begin_layout Standard
4870 There is more to nesting
4874 environments than we've stated here.
4875 You should read section
4876 \begin_inset Space ~
4880 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4882 reference "sec:Nesting"
4886 to learn more about nesting.
4889 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4905 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4907 name "sec:Description-List"
4914 \begin_layout Standard
4915 Unlike the previous two environments, the
4919 list has no fixed label.
4920 Instead, LyX uses the first
4921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4928 of the first line as the label.
4932 \begin_layout Description
4933 Example: This is an example of the
4940 \begin_layout Standard
4941 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
4945 \begin_layout Standard
4947 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4951 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4954 it is meant that the first hit of the
4958 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
4960 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
4971 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4972 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4974 \begin_inset Space ~
4980 \begin_inset Space ~
4984 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4986 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
4990 for more info.) Here is an example:
4993 \begin_layout Description
4995 \begin_inset Space ~
4998 Example: This one shows how to use a
5001 \begin_inset Space ~
5013 \begin_layout Description
5014 Usage: You should use the
5018 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5019 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5021 It's not a good idea to use a
5025 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5026 You're better off using
5038 paragraphs into them.
5041 \begin_layout Description
5042 Nesting: You can nest
5046 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5050 \begin_layout Standard
5051 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5052 them from the first line.
5055 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5065 Lists ! Lyx@LyX list
5071 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5080 \begin_layout Standard
5085 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5089 \begin_layout Standard
5098 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5099 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5102 \begin_layout Labeling
5103 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5105 \begin_inset Space ~
5108 labels LyX uses the first
5109 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5113 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5116 of each line as the item label.
5121 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5122 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5123 blank as described above.
5126 \begin_layout Labeling
5127 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5128 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5129 the body of the item text.
5130 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5131 label width plus a little extra space.
5135 \begin_layout Labeling
5136 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5138 \begin_inset Space ~
5141 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5143 If the label width is larger, the label
5144 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5151 into the first line.
5152 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5153 margin of the rest of the item text.
5156 \begin_layout Labeling
5157 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5159 \begin_inset Space ~
5162 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5167 environment have the same left margin.
5168 \begin_inset Newline newline
5171 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5174 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5176 \begin_inset Space ~
5185 \begin_inset Space ~
5190 determines the default label width.
5191 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5200 multiple times instead.
5201 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5203 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5207 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5210 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5213 \begin_inset Space ~
5218 every time you alter a label in a
5223 \begin_inset Newline newline
5226 The predefined default width is the length of
5227 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5236 \begin_inset Newline newline
5240 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5248 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5249 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5257 \begin_layout Standard
5262 environment the same way like the
5266 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5272 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5276 \begin_layout Standard
5281 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5283 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5285 \begin_inset Space ~
5289 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5291 reference "sec:Nesting"
5295 to learn about nesting.
5298 \begin_layout Standard
5299 There is yet another feature of the
5303 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5305 You can use additional
5309 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5315 \begin_inset Space ~
5319 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5321 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5326 Here are some examples:
5329 \begin_layout Labeling
5330 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5331 Left The default for
5338 \begin_layout Labeling
5339 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5340 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
5347 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5350 \begin_layout Labeling
5351 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5352 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
5356 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
5363 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5366 \begin_layout Subsection
5371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5380 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5388 \begin_inset Space ~
5396 \begin_layout Standard
5397 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
5405 \begin_inset Space ~
5411 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
5412 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
5413 In contrast, you can use the
5420 \begin_inset Space ~
5425 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
5426 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
5430 \begin_layout Standard
5431 Of course, you're not limited to using
5438 \begin_inset Space ~
5447 \begin_inset Space ~
5452 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
5453 some European academic papers.
5456 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5458 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5460 name "sec:Address-Usage"
5467 \begin_layout Standard
5472 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
5473 for the opening and signature in some countries.
5477 \begin_inset Space ~
5482 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
5483 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
5484 Here's an example of each:
5487 \begin_layout Right Address
5489 \begin_inset Newline newline
5493 \begin_inset Newline newline
5497 \begin_inset Newline newline
5500 When is it? What is today?
5503 \begin_layout Standard
5507 \begin_inset Space ~
5513 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
5514 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
5515 Here's an example of the
5522 \begin_layout Address
5524 \begin_inset Newline newline
5527 Where do I send this
5528 \begin_inset Newline newline
5531 Your post office and country
5534 \begin_layout Standard
5535 As you can see, both
5542 \begin_inset Space ~
5547 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
5552 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
5558 This makes sense, since
5566 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5567 Thus, you have to use
5578 \begin_inset Space ~
5581 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5583 \begin_inset Space ~
5592 menu) to start a new line in an
5599 \begin_inset Space ~
5607 \begin_layout Subsection
5611 \begin_layout Standard
5612 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
5613 or list of references.
5614 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
5617 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5633 \begin_layout Standard
5638 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
5639 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5640 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
5641 Also, don't bother trying to nest
5645 in anything else or vice versa.
5651 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
5652 The book document classes ignores the
5656 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
5660 in a letter document class.
5663 \begin_layout Standard
5668 environment does several things for you.
5669 First, it puts the centered label
5670 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5674 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5678 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
5680 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
5681 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
5682 the subsequent text.
5683 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
5684 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
5687 \begin_layout Standard
5688 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
5692 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5693 The new paragraph will still be in the
5698 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
5699 finish entering the abstract of your document.
5702 \begin_layout Standard
5703 \begin_inset Float figure
5708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5710 \begin_inset Graphics
5711 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
5720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5721 \begin_inset Caption
5723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5724 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5726 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5747 \begin_layout Standard
5748 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
5752 environment, but since this document is in the
5753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5760 class, we can't do this.
5761 We inserted it therefore as figure
5762 \begin_inset Space ~
5766 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5768 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5773 If you've never heard of an
5774 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5778 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5781 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
5784 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5800 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5802 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
5809 \begin_layout Standard
5814 environment is used to list references.
5815 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5816 only use it at the end of the document.
5821 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
5824 \begin_layout Standard
5825 When you first open a
5829 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
5830 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5834 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5838 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5842 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5845 depending on the document class.
5846 The heading is in a large boldface font.
5847 Each paragraph of the
5851 environment is a bibliography entry.
5856 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5857 Each new paragraph is still in the
5864 \begin_layout Standard
5865 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
5867 \begin_inset Space ~
5871 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5873 reference "sec:Bibliography"
5880 \begin_layout Subsection
5887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5888 Paragraph ! LyX code
5894 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5903 \begin_layout Standard
5908 environment is another LyX extension.
5909 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
5914 key as a fixed whitespace;
5918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5930 \begin_inset Space ~
5935 instead of an end-of-word marker.
5940 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
5941 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
5959 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5960 So, when you finish using the
5964 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
5965 Also, you can nest the
5969 environment inside of others.
5972 \begin_layout Standard
5973 There are a few quirks with this environment:
5976 \begin_layout Itemize
5981 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
5993 \begin_layout Itemize
6006 \begin_layout Itemize
6011 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6018 \begin_layout Itemize
6027 \begin_layout Itemize
6028 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6029 You must put at least one
6033 in any line you want blank.
6034 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6037 \begin_layout Itemize
6038 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6042 since that will insert
6047 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6055 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
6058 \begin_layout Standard
6062 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6066 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6070 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6074 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6078 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6079 printf("Hello World!
6084 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6088 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6092 \begin_layout Standard
6093 This is just the standard
6094 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6105 \begin_layout Standard
6110 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6111 rc-files, and so on.
6112 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6113 as if you used a typewriter.
6117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6118 Paragraph environments|)
6126 \begin_layout Section
6127 Nesting Environments
6131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6132 Nesting ! Environments
6138 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6147 \begin_layout Subsection
6151 \begin_layout Standard
6152 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6154 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
6156 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6158 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6164 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6170 \begin_layout Enumerate
6174 \begin_layout Enumerate
6179 \begin_layout Enumerate
6183 \begin_layout Enumerate
6188 \begin_layout Enumerate
6192 \begin_layout Standard
6193 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6194 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6197 \begin_inset Space ~
6201 \begin_inset Space ~
6209 \begin_inset Space ~
6213 \begin_inset Space ~
6222 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6223 will tell you how far you are nested).
6224 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6225 \begin_inset Graphics
6226 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6232 \begin_inset Graphics
6233 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6238 or the convenient key bindings
6246 to change the nesting level.
6247 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6248 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6252 \begin_layout Standard
6253 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6254 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6255 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6256 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6259 \begin_layout Standard
6260 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6261 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6263 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6266 \begin_layout Subsection
6267 What You Can and Can't Nest
6270 \begin_layout Standard
6271 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6272 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6275 \begin_layout Standard
6276 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6277 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6278 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6281 \begin_layout Itemize
6282 Completely unnestable
6285 \begin_layout Itemize
6286 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
6287 other things inside of them.
6290 \begin_layout Itemize
6291 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6295 \begin_layout Standard
6296 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6297 environments have them:
6300 \begin_layout Description
6301 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6302 Can't nest into them.
6306 \begin_layout Itemize
6312 \begin_layout Itemize
6318 \begin_layout Itemize
6326 \begin_layout Itemize
6332 \begin_layout Itemize
6338 \begin_layout Itemize
6346 \begin_layout Itemize
6352 \begin_layout Itemize
6358 \begin_layout Itemize
6364 \begin_layout Itemize
6370 \begin_layout Itemize
6376 \begin_layout Itemize
6382 \begin_layout Itemize
6388 \begin_layout Itemize
6394 \begin_layout Itemize
6400 \begin_layout Itemize
6406 \begin_layout Itemize
6413 \begin_layout Description
6415 \begin_inset Space ~
6418 Nestable You can nest them.
6419 You can nest other things into them.
6423 \begin_layout Itemize
6429 \begin_layout Itemize
6435 \begin_layout Itemize
6441 \begin_layout Itemize
6447 \begin_layout Itemize
6453 \begin_layout Itemize
6459 \begin_layout Itemize
6465 \begin_layout Itemize
6472 \begin_layout Description
6473 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
6474 You can't nest anything into them.
6478 \begin_layout Itemize
6484 \begin_layout Itemize
6488 \begin_inset Space ~
6494 \begin_layout Itemize
6501 \begin_layout Standard
6506 environment doesn't really fit anywhere, since it's only used inside of
6510 \begin_inset Space ~
6518 \begin_inset Space ~
6526 \begin_layout Subsection
6527 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
6531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6532 Nesting ! Tables etc.
6538 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6540 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
6547 \begin_layout Standard
6548 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
6549 affected by nesting anyhow.
6553 \begin_layout Itemize
6557 \begin_layout Itemize
6561 \begin_layout Itemize
6565 \begin_layout Standard
6567 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6575 If you put a figure or a table in a
6579 , this is no longer true.
6584 Have a look at section
6585 \begin_inset Space ~
6589 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6591 reference "sec:Floats"
6595 for more informations about
6602 \begin_layout Standard
6603 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
6604 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
6608 \begin_layout Standard
6609 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
6610 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6614 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6617 of its own, it behaves just like a
6618 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6625 paragraph environment.
6626 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
6630 \begin_layout Standard
6631 Here's an example with a table:
6634 \begin_layout Enumerate
6639 \begin_layout Enumerate
6640 This is (a) and it's nested.
6644 \begin_layout Standard
6645 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6651 \begin_layout Standard
6653 \begin_inset Tabular
6654 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6656 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6657 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6741 \begin_layout Standard
6742 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6749 \begin_layout Enumerate
6751 The table is actually nested inside (a).
6755 \begin_layout Enumerate
6759 \begin_layout Standard
6760 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
6763 \begin_layout Enumerate
6768 \begin_layout Enumerate
6769 This is (a) and it's nested.
6773 \begin_layout Standard
6774 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6780 \begin_layout Standard
6782 \begin_inset Tabular
6783 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6785 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6786 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6870 \begin_layout Standard
6871 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6877 \begin_layout Enumerate
6884 In fact, it's not nested at all.
6887 \begin_layout Enumerate
6891 \begin_layout Standard
6892 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
6896 \begin_layout Standard
6897 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
6899 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
6902 \begin_layout Enumerate
6907 \begin_layout Enumerate
6908 This is (a) and it's nested.
6911 \begin_layout Standard
6912 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6918 \begin_layout Standard
6920 \begin_inset Tabular
6921 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6923 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6924 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7008 \begin_layout Standard
7009 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7015 \begin_layout Enumerate
7017 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7025 \begin_layout Enumerate
7029 \begin_layout Standard
7030 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7036 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7037 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7041 \begin_layout Subsection
7042 Usage and General Features
7043 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7045 name "sub:Nesting-Usage"
7052 \begin_layout Standard
7053 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7062 is the innermost possible depth.
7063 Here's an example to display what we mean:
7066 \begin_layout Enumerate
7067 level #1 - outermost
7071 \begin_layout Enumerate
7076 \begin_layout Enumerate
7081 \begin_layout Enumerate
7086 \begin_layout Itemize
7091 \begin_layout Itemize
7100 \begin_layout Standard
7101 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7102 both of them in the example.
7103 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7113 For example, if we tried to nest another
7118 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7122 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7128 \begin_layout Subsection
7133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7142 \begin_layout Standard
7143 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7144 We have several examples of nested environments.
7145 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7149 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7150 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7153 \begin_layout Labeling
7154 \labelwidthstring MMM
7155 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7164 \begin_layout Labeling
7165 \labelwidthstring MMM
7166 #2-a This is level #2.
7167 We created it by using
7179 \begin_layout Labeling
7180 \labelwidthstring MMM
7181 #3-a This is level #3.
7182 This time, we just hit
7191 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7204 \begin_layout Standard
7209 environment, nested inside of
7210 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7214 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7218 So, it's at level #4.
7219 We did this by hitting
7227 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7232 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7248 \begin_layout Standard
7253 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7260 \begin_layout Labeling
7261 \labelwidthstring MMM
7262 #4-a This is level #4.
7267 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7272 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
7276 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7281 keep nesting things inside of
7282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7293 \begin_layout Labeling
7294 \labelwidthstring MMM
7295 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7300 \begin_layout Labeling
7301 \labelwidthstring MMM
7302 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7303 and this is level #6.
7304 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7308 \begin_layout Labeling
7309 \labelwidthstring MMM
7310 #5-b Back to level #5.
7323 \begin_layout Labeling
7324 \labelwidthstring MMM
7333 , we're back at level #4.
7337 \begin_layout Labeling
7338 \labelwidthstring MMM
7339 #3-b Back to level #3.
7340 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
7344 \begin_layout Labeling
7345 \labelwidthstring MMM
7346 #2-b Back to level #2.
7351 \begin_layout Labeling
7352 \labelwidthstring MMM
7353 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
7354 After this sentence, we'll hit
7358 and change the paragraph environment back to
7365 \begin_layout Standard
7366 We could have also used the
7382 environment in place of the
7387 The example would have worked exactly the same.
7390 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7391 Example 2: Inheritance
7394 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7395 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
7398 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7408 , after which, we'll change to the
7416 \begin_layout Enumerate
7421 environment, at level #2.
7424 \begin_layout Enumerate
7425 Notice how the nested
7429 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
7433 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
7437 \begin_layout Standard
7438 We ended this example by hitting
7443 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
7447 and resetting the nesting depth by using
7454 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7455 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
7467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7468 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
7476 \begin_layout Enumerate
7477 This is level #1, in an
7481 paragraph environment.
7482 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
7486 \begin_layout Enumerate
7497 Now, what happens if we nest an
7501 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
7502 label be? An asterisk?
7506 \begin_layout Itemize
7516 environment, even though it's at level #3.
7517 So, its label is a bullet.
7518 (We got here by using
7526 , then changing the environment to
7534 \begin_layout Itemize
7535 Here's level #4, produced using
7544 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7549 \begin_layout Enumerate
7550 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7552 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
7557 Notice the type of numbering, it is
7561 , because we are in the
7585 \begin_layout Enumerate
7590 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
7591 type of numbering does LyX use?
7594 \begin_layout Enumerate
7595 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
7599 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
7602 \begin_layout Enumerate
7607 to decrease the depth after the next
7615 \begin_layout Enumerate
7617 Look what type of label LyX is using!
7621 \begin_layout Enumerate
7623 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
7624 numeral as the label.Why?
7627 \begin_layout Enumerate
7628 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
7637 Notice, however, that LyX
7641 reset the counter for the label.
7645 \begin_layout Enumerate
7654 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
7655 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
7656 into the twofold-nested
7664 \begin_layout Enumerate
7665 The same thing happens if we do another
7673 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
7676 \begin_layout Standard
7677 Lastly, we reset the environment to
7682 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
7696 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
7702 The same rule applies for the
7706 environment, as well.
7709 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7710 Example 4: Going Bonkers
7713 \begin_layout Enumerate
7714 We're going to go totally nuts now.
7715 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
7716 same detail with how we did it.
7725 \begin_layout Standard
7728 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
7730 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
7731 example in parentheses someplace.
7732 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
7733 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
7734 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
7738 \begin_layout Enumerate
7743 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
7748 Now we'll add verse.
7749 \begin_inset Newline newline
7752 It will get much worse.
7753 \begin_inset Newline newline
7758 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
7764 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
7765 \begin_inset Newline newline
7768 Bippitey boppitey boo!
7769 \begin_inset Newline newline
7782 \begin_layout Standard
7783 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7789 \begin_layout Standard
7791 \begin_inset Tabular
7792 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7794 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7795 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
7800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
7838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7883 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
7887 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
7893 \begin_layout Enumerate
7898 : level #1) This is another item.
7899 Note that selecting a
7903 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
7904 3 times to put the table inside the
7912 \begin_layout Quotation
7913 We're now ending the
7917 list and changing to
7922 We're still at level #1.
7923 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
7924 The next set of paragraphs is a
7925 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7929 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7939 \begin_inset Space ~
7944 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
7948 for the letter body.
7953 to preserve the depth.
7954 Remember that you need to use
7958 to create multiple lines inside the
7965 \begin_inset Space ~
7975 \begin_layout Right Address
7977 \begin_inset Newline newline
7980 Moosegroin, MT 00100
7981 \begin_inset Newline newline
7987 \begin_layout Address
7989 \begin_inset Space ~
7995 \begin_layout Quotation
7996 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
7997 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
8000 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8001 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8002 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8003 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8004 as soon as possible.
8005 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8008 \begin_layout Quotation
8009 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8010 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8011 with your order, along with payment.
8014 \begin_layout Quotation
8015 We thank you again for your patience.
8018 \begin_layout Address
8020 \begin_inset Newline newline
8027 \begin_layout Quotation
8028 That ends that example!
8031 \begin_layout Standard
8032 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8033 just a few keystrokes.
8034 We could have easily nested an
8055 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8058 \begin_layout Section
8059 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8072 \begin_layout Standard
8073 What is a space? While you might be used to press the space key anytime
8074 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8075 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8076 be broken at the end of a line.
8077 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8081 \begin_layout Subsection
8083 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8085 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8102 \begin_layout Standard
8103 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8105 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8109 Further documentation is given in section
8110 \begin_inset Newline newline
8114 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8116 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8124 \begin_layout Standard
8125 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8130 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8134 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8138 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8140 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8149 A protected space is set with
8151 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8152 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8156 \begin_inset Space ~
8170 \begin_layout Subsection
8172 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8174 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8183 Spacing ! Horizontal
8191 \begin_layout Standard
8192 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8194 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8195 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8199 The length units are listed in Appendix
8200 \begin_inset Space ~
8204 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8206 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8213 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8215 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8217 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8234 \begin_layout Standard
8236 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8240 \begin_inset Space \space{}
8243 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
8244 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
8245 \begin_inset Space ~
8249 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8251 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8256 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8257 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
8264 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8266 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8268 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8285 \begin_layout Standard
8287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8294 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8299 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8303 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8304 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8305 inside abbreviations:
8310 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8314 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.
8315 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8319 \begin_inset Space \space{}
8325 \begin_layout Standard
8326 or between values and units.
8327 Compare for example this:
8328 \begin_inset Newline newline
8332 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8336 \begin_inset Newline newline
8342 \begin_layout Standard
8343 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
8345 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8346 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8348 \begin_inset Space ~
8360 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8362 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8364 name "sub:More-Spaces"
8371 \begin_layout Standard
8372 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
8375 \begin_layout Description
8377 \begin_inset Space ~
8381 \begin_inset Space ~
8385 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8389 \begin_inset Space \negthinspace{}
8393 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8396 Negative thin space between the arrows.
8399 \begin_layout Description
8401 \begin_inset Space ~
8405 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8409 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8413 \begin_inset Space \enskip{}
8417 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8421 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8424 em) space between the arrows.
8427 \begin_layout Description
8429 \begin_inset Space ~
8433 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8437 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8441 \begin_inset Space \quad{}
8445 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8449 \begin_inset Space ~
8453 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8456 em) space between the arrows.
8459 \begin_layout Description
8461 \begin_inset Space ~
8465 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8469 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8473 \begin_inset Space \qquad{}
8477 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8481 \begin_inset Space ~
8485 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8488 em) space between the arrows.
8491 \begin_layout Description
8493 \begin_inset Space ~
8497 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8501 \begin_inset Space \hspace{}
8506 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8510 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8513 cm space between the arrows.
8516 \begin_layout Standard
8518 \begin_inset Space ~
8522 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8524 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
8528 lists the different space sizes.
8531 \begin_layout Standard
8532 \begin_inset Float table
8537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8539 \begin_inset Caption
8541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8542 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8544 name "tab:Width-of-the"
8548 Width of the different horizotal spaces.
8556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8558 \begin_inset Tabular
8559 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
8561 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8562 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8602 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8626 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8650 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8674 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8689 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8702 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8717 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8730 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8745 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8758 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8779 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8797 \begin_layout Standard
8798 Horizontal fills (hfills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
8799 in a uniform fashion.
8800 An hfill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
8801 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
8802 If there is more than one hfill on a line, they divide the available space
8803 equally between themselves.
8807 \begin_layout Standard
8808 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
8813 This is on the left side
8814 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8817 This is on the right
8823 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8827 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8836 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8840 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8844 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8850 \begin_layout Standard
8851 That was an example in the
8857 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8861 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8865 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8868 is one in a standard paragraph.
8869 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
8873 sitting in-between the two arrows.
8876 \begin_layout Standard
8877 There may be more than one set of margins on a line.
8878 Here's an example with the
8885 \begin_layout Labeling
8886 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
8888 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8892 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8896 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8900 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8906 \begin_layout Standard
8908 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8912 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8915 marks the beginning of the item.
8916 (There is actually a
8917 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8921 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8924 hfill inside of the label of the
8928 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.) Hfills work
8930 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8934 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8937 situations, like two-column mode.
8940 \begin_layout Standard
8941 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8949 If an hfill is at the beginning of a line, and
8953 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
8954 This prevents hfills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
8955 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
8959 option in the space dialog.
8967 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8981 \begin_layout Standard
8982 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
8984 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
8987 \begin_layout Standard
8988 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
8991 What is correct English?:
8992 \begin_inset Newline newline
8996 \begin_inset Newline newline
9000 \begin_inset Space ~
9003 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9004 \begin_inset Newline newline
9011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9022 \begin_inset Newline newline
9029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9040 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9046 \begin_layout Standard
9047 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9048 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9052 \begin_inset Space ~
9056 \begin_inset Space ~
9060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9064 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9071 In our case write the command
9078 (note the space after
9079 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9083 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9086 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9087 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9088 That is why it is named
9089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9101 There exists also the commands
9113 , but this too special for the LyX Userguide.
9114 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9115 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9117 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9129 \begin_layout Subsection
9131 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9133 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9150 \begin_layout Standard
9151 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9153 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9154 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9156 \begin_inset Space ~
9162 There you find the following sizes:
9165 \begin_layout Standard
9178 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
9183 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9185 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9198 for the paragraph separation.
9199 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
9210 \begin_layout Standard
9219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9225 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
9226 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
9228 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
9229 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
9238 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
9242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9247 s are described in section
9248 \begin_inset Space ~
9252 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9254 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9263 If there are several
9267 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
9268 You can therefore use
9272 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
9275 \begin_layout Standard
9280 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
9281 \begin_inset Space ~
9285 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9287 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9294 \begin_layout Standard
9295 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9305 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
9306 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
9318 \begin_layout Subsection
9322 \begin_layout Standard
9323 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
9325 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9329 There are four possibilities:
9332 \begin_layout Itemize
9338 \begin_layout Itemize
9344 \begin_layout Itemize
9350 \begin_layout Itemize
9356 \begin_layout Standard
9357 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
9358 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
9359 the left and right margins.
9360 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
9363 \begin_layout Standard
9365 This paragraph is right aligned,
9368 \begin_layout Standard
9370 this one is centered,
9373 \begin_layout Standard
9375 this one is left aligned.
9378 \begin_layout Subsection
9383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9390 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9392 name "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
9399 \begin_layout Standard
9400 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
9401 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
9402 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking.
9403 Only if you use many
9407 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
9410 \begin_layout Standard
9411 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
9412 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
9416 have to change the pagebreaking.
9419 \begin_layout Standard
9420 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
9422 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
9424 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9425 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9427 \begin_inset Space ~
9433 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
9435 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9436 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9438 \begin_inset Space ~
9443 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
9445 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a pagebreak produces a page
9446 on which only the last few lines are absent.
9449 \begin_layout Standard
9450 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
9451 at the top of a page.
9452 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
9453 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
9454 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
9455 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
9457 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9459 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
9470 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9472 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9474 name "sub:Clear-Pages"
9482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9491 \begin_layout Standard
9492 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
9493 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
9494 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
9495 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
9496 if necessary by adding pages.
9499 \begin_layout Standard
9500 You can insert a clear pagebreak with the menu
9502 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9503 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9505 \begin_inset Space ~
9511 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
9513 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9514 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9516 \begin_inset Space ~
9520 \begin_inset Space ~
9525 to insert a clear pagebreak that assures that the next page is a right-hand
9526 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
9529 \begin_layout Subsection
9534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9541 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9543 name "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
9550 \begin_layout Standard
9551 Similar to pagebreaks there are two types of linebreaks: One that simply
9553 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
9555 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9556 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9558 \begin_inset Space ~
9562 \begin_inset Space ~
9572 Another type that is inserted via the menu
9574 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9575 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9577 \begin_inset Space ~
9581 \begin_inset Space ~
9586 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
9588 This is necessary to avoid
9589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9596 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by linebreaks.
9599 \begin_layout Standard
9600 You shouldn't use forced linebreaks to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as
9601 LaTeX is very good at linebreaking.
9602 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
9603 set a linebreak, e.g.
9604 in a poem or for an address (see sections
9605 \begin_inset Space ~
9609 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9611 reference "sec:Quote"
9616 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9618 reference "sec:Verse"
9623 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9625 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
9632 \begin_layout Subsection
9634 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9636 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
9644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9653 \begin_layout Standard
9658 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9659 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9661 \begin_inset Space ~
9666 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
9672 \begin_layout Section
9673 Fonts and Text Styles
9674 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9676 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
9683 \begin_layout Subsection
9688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9697 \begin_layout Standard
9698 There are two types of fonts:
9701 \begin_layout Description
9703 \begin_inset Space ~
9710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9716 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
9717 characters) in the font.
9718 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
9719 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
9720 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
9721 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
9722 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
9723 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
9724 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
9725 provide a good image.
9726 \begin_inset Newline newline
9729 One could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
9730 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
9731 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
9732 sizes than at small ones.
9733 \begin_inset Newline newline
9747 \begin_inset Space ~
9755 \begin_layout Description
9757 \begin_inset Space ~
9764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9770 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
9771 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
9772 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
9773 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
9774 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
9775 picture manipulation program.
9776 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
9777 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
9778 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
9779 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
9780 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
9782 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
9783 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
9784 \begin_inset Newline newline
9787 Bitmap fonts are named
9790 \begin_inset Space ~
9795 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
9798 \begin_layout Standard
9799 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
9800 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
9801 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
9802 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
9806 \begin_layout Standard
9807 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
9808 its document properties.
9811 \begin_layout Standard
9812 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
9813 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
9814 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
9815 font to emphasize text, you use an
9816 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9824 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
9825 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
9829 \begin_layout Subsection
9830 Document Font and Font size
9831 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9833 name "sub:Document-Font"
9841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9860 \begin_layout Standard
9861 You can set the document fonts in the
9863 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9877 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
9878 font shapes roman (serif),
9881 \begin_inset Space ~
9893 \begin_layout Standard
9894 The possible options for the font include
9898 and a list of fonts available on your system.
9903 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
9904 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9912 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9920 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9925 European Computer Modern
9928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9938 \begin_layout Standard
9947 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
9948 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
9952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9953 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
9956 \begin_inset Space ~
9961 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
9967 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
9968 There are three ways to use one:
9971 \begin_layout Itemize
9972 One way is to use the
9982 Virtual means that it
9983 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9987 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9994 -glyphs from other fonts.
9995 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
9997 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10001 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10005 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10009 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10017 Loading the LaTeX-package
10025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10026 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10031 with the document preamble line
10034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10039 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10043 will fix the guillemet problem.
10048 and that accented characters are not
10052 glyph, they are build of
10056 characters, the accent and the letter.
10057 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10061 fonts for words with accented characters.
10062 If you search for example for the French word
10063 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10067 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10070 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10072 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10076 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10079 and not for the glyph
10080 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10084 \begin_inset Space ~
10088 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10094 \begin_layout Itemize
10095 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
10099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10108 , consists of these three main font types
10111 \begin_inset Space ~
10132 \begin_inset Space ~
10142 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
10146 \begin_inset Space ~
10153 as typewriter font.
10154 \begin_inset Newline newline
10157 The differences between roman,
10160 \begin_inset Space ~
10169 fonts are explained in section
10170 \begin_inset Space ~
10174 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10176 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10181 \begin_inset Newline newline
10187 \begin_inset Space ~
10192 was originally designed for newspapers.
10193 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
10194 into the small newspaper columns.
10198 \begin_inset Space ~
10203 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
10206 \begin_layout Itemize
10207 The best solution is to use the
10212 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
10219 \begin_layout Standard
10220 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10223 For the font size there are four possible values:
10240 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
10243 \begin_layout Standard
10244 The font sizes are the
10249 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
10250 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
10251 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
10254 \begin_inset Space ~
10260 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
10261 \begin_inset Space ~
10265 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10267 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10274 \begin_layout Standard
10275 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10279 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10287 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
10291 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
10292 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
10293 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
10295 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10298 dialog, see section
10299 \begin_inset Space ~
10303 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10305 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
10317 \begin_layout Subsection
10318 Using Different Character Styles
10322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10341 \begin_layout Standard
10342 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
10343 certain paragraph environments.
10344 LyX supports two character styles,
10353 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
10357 \begin_layout Standard
10362 style, do one of the following:
10365 \begin_layout Itemize
10366 click on the toolbar button
10367 \begin_inset Graphics
10368 filename ../images/font-noun.png
10376 \begin_layout Itemize
10380 \begin_inset Space ~
10386 \begin_layout Standard
10387 These commands are all toggles.
10392 style is already active, they deactivate it.
10395 \begin_layout Standard
10396 One typically uses the
10400 style for proper names.
10402 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10409 is the original author of LyX.
10410 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10416 \begin_layout Standard
10417 A more widely used character style is the
10422 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
10429 \begin_layout Itemize
10430 clicking on the toolbar button
10431 \begin_inset Graphics
10432 filename ../images/font-emph.png
10440 \begin_layout Itemize
10441 using the keybindings
10444 \begin_inset Space ~
10450 \begin_layout Standard
10455 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
10456 es use a different font.
10459 \begin_layout Standard
10460 We've been using the
10464 style all over the place in this document.
10465 Here's one more example:
10468 \begin_layout Quotation
10471 Don't overuse character styles!
10474 \begin_layout Standard
10475 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
10476 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
10477 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
10478 the common tendency to overuse character style.
10482 \begin_layout Standard
10483 You can always reset to the default font using the keybinding
10486 \begin_inset Space ~
10493 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10495 \begin_inset Space ~
10503 \begin_layout Subsection
10504 Fine-Tuning with the
10509 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10511 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10528 \begin_layout Standard
10529 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
10530 gives you a way to create custom character style.
10531 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
10532 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
10533 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
10534 from ordinary dialog.
10537 \begin_layout Standard
10538 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
10539 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
10540 \begin_inset Newline newline
10543 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
10544 tend to look like someone has knocked huge holes in it.
10547 \begin_layout Standard
10548 To use custom character styles, open the
10550 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10552 \begin_inset Space ~
10558 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
10559 font property which you can choose.
10560 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
10563 \begin_inset Space ~
10568 , which keeps the current state of that property.
10573 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
10574 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
10575 environments in a snap.
10578 \begin_layout Standard
10579 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
10582 \begin_inset Space ~
10594 \begin_layout Labeling
10595 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10601 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10609 The possible options are:
10613 \begin_layout Labeling
10614 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10619 This is the Roman font family.
10620 Normally a serif font.
10621 It's also the default family.
10626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10638 \begin_inset Space ~
10647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10655 \begin_inset Note Note
10658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10659 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
10660 It is explained in section
10661 \begin_inset Space ~
10665 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10667 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
10679 \begin_layout Labeling
10680 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10684 \begin_inset Space ~
10691 This is the Sans Serif font family.
10698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10710 \begin_inset Space ~
10719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10729 \begin_layout Labeling
10730 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10737 This is the Typewriter font family.
10744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10756 \begin_inset Space ~
10765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10778 \begin_layout Labeling
10779 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10784 This corresponds to the print weight.
10789 \begin_layout Labeling
10790 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10795 This is the Medium font series.
10796 It's also the default series.
10799 \begin_layout Labeling
10800 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10807 This is the Bold font series.
10814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10826 \begin_inset Space ~
10835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10846 \begin_layout Labeling
10847 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10852 As the name implies.
10857 \begin_layout Labeling
10858 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10863 This is the Upright font shape.
10864 It's also the default shape.
10867 \begin_layout Labeling
10868 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10882 s the Italic font shape
10888 \begin_layout Labeling
10889 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10896 This is the Slanted font shape
10898 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
10901 \begin_layout Labeling
10902 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10906 \begin_inset Space ~
10913 This is the Small caps font shape
10920 \begin_layout Labeling
10921 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10926 Alters the size of the font.
10927 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
10928 nal to the document font size.
10929 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
10930 what you want to do.
10935 \begin_layout Labeling
10936 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10944 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10948 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10970 \begin_inset Space ~
10979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11002 \begin_inset Space ~
11011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11021 \begin_layout Labeling
11022 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11056 \begin_inset Space ~
11065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11075 \begin_layout Labeling
11076 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11084 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11088 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11110 \begin_inset Space ~
11119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11142 \begin_inset Space ~
11151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11161 \begin_layout Labeling
11162 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11170 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11174 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11196 \begin_inset Space ~
11205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11228 \begin_inset Space ~
11237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11247 \begin_layout Labeling
11248 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11262 It's also the default size.
11267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11279 \begin_inset Space ~
11288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11311 \begin_inset Space ~
11320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11330 \begin_layout Labeling
11331 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11339 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11365 \begin_inset Space ~
11374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11397 \begin_inset Space ~
11406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11416 \begin_layout Labeling
11417 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11425 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11429 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11451 \begin_inset Space ~
11460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11483 \begin_inset Space ~
11492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11502 \begin_layout Labeling
11503 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11511 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11537 \begin_inset Space ~
11546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11556 \begin_layout Labeling
11557 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11565 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11569 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11591 \begin_inset Space ~
11600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11623 \begin_inset Space ~
11632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11642 \begin_layout Labeling
11643 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11651 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11655 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11677 \begin_inset Space ~
11686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11709 \begin_inset Space ~
11718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11729 \begin_layout Standard
11734 : don't go crazy with this feature.
11735 You should almost never need to change the font size.
11736 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
11737 - use that instead.
11738 This is here for fine-tuning only!
11741 \begin_layout Labeling
11742 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11747 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
11752 \begin_layout Labeling
11753 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11760 This is text with emphasize on
11763 This might seem like the same as
11767 , but it is actually a bit different.
11773 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
11775 Normally this font is equal to italic.
11778 \begin_layout Labeling
11779 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11786 This is text with Underbar on.
11793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11805 \begin_inset Space ~
11814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11824 \begin_inset Newline newline
11829 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
11830 when you couldn't change fonts.
11831 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
11832 It's only included in LyX because some people
11836 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
11839 \begin_layout Labeling
11840 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11847 This is text with Noun on.
11854 , this is a logical attribute.
11855 Normally it's equivalent to
11858 \begin_inset Space ~
11867 \begin_layout Labeling
11868 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11873 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
11874 Notice that not all dvi-viewers are are able to display colors.
11878 \begin_inset Space ~
11883 , which is the default
11884 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11888 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11891 and means normally black, you can choose between
11927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11936 \begin_layout Labeling
11937 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11942 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
11943 the language of the document.
11944 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
11948 \begin_layout Standard
11949 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
11950 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
11952 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11954 \begin_inset Space ~
11959 dialog, the settings are saved.
11960 You can activate them using the toolbar button
11961 \begin_inset Graphics
11962 filename ../images/font-free-apply.png
11968 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
11969 when the dialog isn't visible.
11973 \begin_layout Standard
11974 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
11977 \begin_inset Space ~
11983 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
11984 (suppose you just set the shape to
11985 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11989 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11993 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11997 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12003 \begin_inset Space ~
12015 \begin_layout Standard
12016 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12024 \begin_inset Space ~
12036 \begin_layout Itemize
12042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12049 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12054 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12067 \begin_inset Newline newline
12074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12099 \begin_inset Note Note
12102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12103 For more on phantoms see section
12104 \begin_inset Space ~
12108 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12110 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12120 \begin_inset Newline newline
12126 \begin_layout Itemize
12131 fonts use characters with serifs.
12132 These are the small
12133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12140 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
12141 The following example will show the difference:
12142 \begin_inset Newline newline
12146 \begin_inset Newline newline
12151 text without serifs
12154 \begin_inset Newline newline
12157 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
12158 They are therefore used as default font (named
12165 \begin_layout Itemize
12171 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12172 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12175 \begin_layout Standard
12176 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12177 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12180 \begin_layout Section
12181 Printing and Previewing
12184 \begin_layout Subsection
12188 \begin_layout Standard
12189 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12190 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12191 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12192 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12193 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
12196 \begin_inset Space ~
12204 \begin_layout Standard
12205 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12206 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12207 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12208 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12209 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12210 This happens in two stages:
12213 \begin_layout Enumerate
12214 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12215 generating a file with the extension,
12216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12224 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12230 \begin_layout Enumerate
12231 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12235 file to produce printable output.
12239 \begin_layout Subsection
12240 Output file formats
12244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12251 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12253 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12260 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12266 File formats ! ASCII
12274 \begin_layout Standard
12275 This file type has the extension
12276 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12288 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12289 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12292 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12293 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12299 \begin_layout Standard
12300 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12302 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12303 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12309 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12315 File formats ! Latex@LaTeX
12323 \begin_layout Standard
12324 This file type has the extension
12325 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12333 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12336 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12338 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12339 it manually with console commands.
12340 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12341 you view or export your document.
12344 \begin_layout Standard
12345 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12347 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12348 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12365 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12379 \begin_layout Standard
12380 This file type has the extension
12381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12389 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12398 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12401 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12402 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12403 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
12405 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12409 \begin_layout Standard
12410 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12418 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
12419 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12424 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
12425 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12426 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
12427 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12430 \begin_layout Standard
12431 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12433 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12434 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12440 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12446 File formats ! PostScript
12454 \begin_layout Standard
12455 This file type has the extension
12456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12464 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12468 PostScript was developed by the company
12472 as printer language.
12473 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12475 PostScript can be seen as
12476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12479 programming language
12480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12483 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12488 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
12497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12498 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12508 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12511 \begin_layout Standard
12512 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12513 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12516 Encapsulated PostScript
12517 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12520 (EPS, file extension
12521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12533 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12534 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12535 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
12536 whenever you view or export your document.
12537 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12538 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12539 EPS to avoid this problem.
12542 \begin_layout Standard
12543 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12545 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12546 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12552 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12576 \begin_layout Standard
12577 This file type has the extension
12578 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12586 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12591 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12594 Portable Document Format
12595 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12598 (PDF) is developed by
12602 as derivative from PostScript.
12603 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
12605 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12609 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12612 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12613 looks exactly the same.
12616 \begin_layout Standard
12617 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12618 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12621 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12625 (JPG, file extension
12626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12634 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12638 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12646 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12650 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12653 Portable Network Graphics
12654 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12657 (PNG, file extension
12658 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12666 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12670 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
12671 in the background to one of these formats.
12672 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
12673 will slow down your workflow.
12674 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
12677 \begin_layout Standard
12678 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
12680 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12683 in three different ways:
12686 \begin_layout Description
12687 PDF This uses the program
12691 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
12692 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
12696 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
12697 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
12700 \begin_layout Description
12702 \begin_inset Space ~
12705 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
12709 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
12713 \begin_layout Description
12715 \begin_inset Space ~
12718 (pdflatex) This uses the program
12722 that converts your file directly to PDF.
12725 \begin_layout Standard
12726 We recommend to use
12729 \begin_inset Space ~
12738 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
12744 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
12747 \begin_layout Subsection
12752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12761 \begin_layout Standard
12762 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
12763 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
12767 and choose a file type.
12768 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
12771 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12774 you can use the toolbar button
12775 \begin_inset Graphics
12776 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
12787 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12789 \begin_inset Space ~
12794 you can use the toolbar button
12795 \begin_inset Graphics
12796 filename ../images/buffer-export_pdf2.png
12804 \begin_layout Standard
12805 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
12806 viewer window using the menu
12808 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12814 \begin_layout Standard
12815 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
12817 To have a real output, export your document.
12820 \begin_layout Subsection
12821 Printing the File from within LyX
12822 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12824 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
12831 \begin_layout Standard
12832 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
12833 it directly from within LyX.
12834 To print a file, select the menu
12836 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12839 or click on the toolbar button
12840 \begin_inset Graphics
12841 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
12847 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
12848 This file is then processed by the program
12852 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
12857 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
12860 \begin_layout Standard
12861 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
12862 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
12863 printing one set to print on the other side.
12864 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
12865 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
12866 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
12869 \begin_layout Standard
12870 You can set the parameters in the
12873 \begin_inset Space ~
12881 \begin_layout Labeling
12882 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12887 This is the name of the printer to print to.
12891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12892 Note that this printer name is for the program
12901 has to be configured for this printer name.
12902 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
12903 \begin_inset Space ~
12907 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12909 reference "sub:Printer"
12918 The printer should understand PostScript.
12921 \begin_layout Labeling
12922 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12927 The name of a file to print to.
12928 The output will be a PostScript file.
12929 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
12933 \begin_layout Section
12934 A few Words about Typography
12938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12947 \begin_layout Subsection
12952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12959 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12968 \begin_layout Standard
12970 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12981 character comes in three lengths, often called the
12996 \begin_layout Enumerate
12998 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13002 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13014 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13020 \begin_layout Enumerate
13022 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13026 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13051 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13057 \begin_layout Enumerate
13059 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13063 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13067 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13101 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13107 \begin_layout Enumerate
13109 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13113 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13117 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13121 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13135 \begin_layout Standard
13136 You generate them by inserting the
13137 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13145 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13148 character multiple times in a row.
13149 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
13150 final output, but not in LyX.
13153 \begin_layout Standard
13154 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13155 math mode and has a length of its own.
13156 Here are some examples of the
13157 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13165 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13171 \begin_layout Enumerate
13172 line- and page-breaks
13173 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13183 \begin_layout Enumerate
13185 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13195 \begin_layout Enumerate
13196 Oh --- there's a dash.
13197 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13207 \begin_layout Enumerate
13208 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13212 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13222 \begin_layout Subsection
13227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13234 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13236 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13243 \begin_layout Standard
13244 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13245 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13252 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! babel
13259 following the rules of the document language
13263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13264 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13272 \begin_inset Space ~
13276 \begin_inset Space ~
13283 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13294 \begin_layout Standard
13295 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
13300 and with unusual constructs, like
13301 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13305 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13309 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13310 This is done with the menu
13312 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13313 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13315 \begin_inset Space ~
13321 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13322 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13325 \begin_layout Standard
13326 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13327 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
13328 a hyphen and a space in the form
13329 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13333 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13337 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
13338 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13342 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13345 as hyphenation possibility.
13346 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13347 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
13348 of the LaTeX-box-command
13354 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13355 As LyX doesn't support
13361 , we have to use ERT.
13362 The result looks in LyX like:
13365 \begin_layout Standard
13366 \begin_inset Graphics
13367 filename clipart/mbox.png
13375 \begin_layout Standard
13376 To learn more about ERT, have a look at section
13377 \begin_inset Space ~
13381 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13383 reference "sec:ERT"
13390 \begin_layout Subsection
13395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13404 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13405 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13406 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13408 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13415 \begin_layout Standard
13416 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13417 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13418 LaTeX then adds the
13419 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13422 appropriate amount of space
13423 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13427 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13429 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13432 \begin_layout Standard
13433 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
13436 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13444 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13447 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13448 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13451 \begin_layout Standard
13452 Here are some examples of
13456 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13459 \begin_layout Itemize
13464 \begin_layout Itemize
13469 \begin_layout Standard
13470 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13473 \begin_layout Itemize
13476 this is too much space!
13479 \begin_layout Itemize
13484 \begin_layout Standard
13485 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13488 \begin_layout Standard
13489 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13492 \begin_layout Enumerate
13496 \begin_inset Space ~
13501 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13502 \begin_inset Space ~
13506 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13508 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13517 Spaces ! inter-word
13525 \begin_layout Enumerate
13529 \begin_inset Space ~
13534 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13535 \begin_inset Space ~
13539 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13541 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13558 \begin_layout Enumerate
13562 \begin_inset Space ~
13566 \begin_inset Space ~
13570 \begin_inset Space ~
13577 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13579 \begin_inset Space ~
13584 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
13585 This function is also bound to
13592 \begin_layout Standard
13593 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
13596 \begin_layout Itemize
13598 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
13602 \begin_inset Space \space{}
13605 this is too much space!
13608 \begin_layout Itemize
13609 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
13613 \begin_layout Standard
13614 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
13615 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
13616 LaTeX will care about this.
13619 \begin_layout Standard
13620 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
13623 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13625 \begin_inset Space ~
13630 feature described in section
13641 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13647 Typography ! Quotes
13656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13685 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13694 \begin_layout Standard
13695 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
13696 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
13697 and use a closing quote at the end.
13699 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13703 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13707 The keyboard character,
13711 , generates this automatically.
13714 \begin_layout Standard
13715 You can change the behavior of the
13719 key using the submenu
13725 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13733 Document ! Settings
13741 \begin_layout Standard
13742 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
13747 There are six choices:
13750 \begin_layout Labeling
13751 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13763 Use quotes like this
13764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13772 \begin_inset Quotes els
13776 \begin_inset Quotes ers
13782 \begin_layout Labeling
13783 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13786 \begin_inset Quotes sld
13790 \begin_inset Quotes srd
13796 \begin_inset Quotes sld
13800 \begin_inset Quotes srd
13804 \begin_inset Quotes ers
13810 \begin_layout Labeling
13811 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13814 \begin_inset Quotes gld
13818 \begin_inset Quotes grd
13824 \begin_inset Quotes gld
13828 \begin_inset Quotes grd
13832 \begin_inset Quotes gls
13836 \begin_inset Quotes grs
13842 \begin_layout Labeling
13843 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13846 \begin_inset Quotes pld
13850 \begin_inset Quotes prd
13856 \begin_inset Quotes pld
13860 \begin_inset Quotes prd
13864 \begin_inset Quotes pls
13868 \begin_inset Quotes prs
13874 \begin_layout Labeling
13875 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13878 \begin_inset Quotes fld
13882 \begin_inset Quotes frd
13888 \begin_inset Quotes fld
13892 \begin_inset Quotes frd
13896 \begin_inset Quotes fls
13900 \begin_inset Quotes frs
13906 \begin_layout Labeling
13907 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13910 \begin_inset Quotes ald
13914 \begin_inset Quotes ard
13920 \begin_inset Quotes ald
13924 \begin_inset Quotes ard
13928 \begin_inset Quotes als
13932 \begin_inset Quotes ars
13938 \begin_layout Standard
13939 These settings affects what character the
13946 \begin_layout Subsection
13951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13952 Typography ! Ligatures
13961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13990 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13992 name "sub:Ligatures"
13999 \begin_layout Standard
14000 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14001 print them as single characters.
14002 These groups are known as
14007 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14009 Here are the standard ligatures:
14012 \begin_layout Itemize
14016 \begin_layout Itemize
14020 \begin_layout Itemize
14024 \begin_layout Itemize
14028 \begin_layout Itemize
14032 \begin_layout Standard
14033 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14036 \begin_layout Standard
14037 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14038 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14039 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14043 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14046 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14047 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14051 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14062 To break a ligature, use
14064 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14065 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14067 \begin_inset Space ~
14074 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14082 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14085 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14087 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14091 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14095 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14099 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14102 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14104 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14110 \begin_layout Subsection
14115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14116 Lyx@LyX ! Proper names
14122 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14124 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14131 \begin_layout Standard
14132 You have surely noticed, that the word
14133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14140 appears always with characters in different size and height.
14141 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14142 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
14143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14158 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14162 \begin_inset Note Note
14165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14166 The braces in ERT are here to avoid that the
14167 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14171 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14174 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14175 To create proper names omit the ERT.
14180 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14184 \begin_layout Description
14185 LyX The name of the game, write
14186 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14207 \begin_layout Description
14208 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14209 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14224 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14230 \begin_layout Description
14231 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14232 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14247 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14253 \begin_layout Description
14254 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14255 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14276 \begin_layout Standard
14277 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14278 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14282 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14290 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14291 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14292 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14295 : The actual version is
14296 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14303 , the previous one was
14304 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14308 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14314 \begin_layout Standard
14315 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
14316 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in ERT in the word.
14317 This will look in LyX like:
14318 \begin_inset Graphics
14319 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14325 \begin_inset Newline newline
14328 For more about ERT, look at section
14329 \begin_inset Space ~
14333 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14335 reference "sec:ERT"
14342 \begin_layout Subsection
14347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14356 \begin_layout Standard
14357 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14358 space between two words.
14359 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14362 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14366 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14369 for units use the menu
14371 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14372 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14374 \begin_inset Space ~
14386 \begin_layout Standard
14387 Here's an example to show the differences:
14390 \begin_layout Standard
14391 \begin_inset Tabular
14392 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14394 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14395 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14402 \begin_inset Space ~
14406 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14418 space between number and unit
14425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14430 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
14434 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14446 half space between number and unit
14459 \begin_layout Subsection
14464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14465 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14471 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14480 \begin_layout Standard
14481 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14483 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14484 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14485 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14486 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14487 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14488 These dangly-bits of text became known as
14499 \begin_layout Standard
14500 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14501 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14502 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14503 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14504 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14505 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14506 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14509 \begin_layout Standard
14510 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14511 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14512 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14513 \begin_inset Space ~
14517 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14519 key "latexcompanion"
14524 \begin_inset Space ~
14528 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14534 ] may have more information.
14535 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14538 \begin_layout Chapter
14539 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14540 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14542 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14549 \begin_layout Standard
14550 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
14555 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
14558 \begin_layout Section
14563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14570 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14579 \begin_layout Standard
14580 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
14583 \begin_layout Description
14585 \begin_inset Space ~
14588 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
14589 \begin_inset Newline newline
14593 \begin_inset Note Note
14596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14597 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
14605 \begin_layout Description
14606 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
14607 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
14609 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14610 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14611 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
14614 \begin_inset Newline newline
14618 \begin_inset Note Comment
14621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14622 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
14630 \begin_layout Description
14632 \begin_inset Space ~
14635 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
14636 \begin_inset Newline newline
14640 \begin_inset Newline newline
14644 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
14647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14653 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
14654 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
14655 How this can be done is explained in the
14664 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
14670 \begin_inset Newline newline
14674 \begin_inset Newline newline
14677 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
14678 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
14681 \begin_layout Description
14682 Framed This note will appear in the output as framed text.
14684 \begin_inset Box Framed
14693 height_special "totalheight"
14696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14697 This is text in a note box that appears framed in the output.
14702 In contrary to framed boxes like the one in section
14703 \begin_inset Space ~
14707 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14709 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
14713 , the frame uses always the whole text width and the note is set into its
14717 \begin_layout Description
14718 Shaded This note will appear in the output with red background color.
14719 \begin_inset Box Shaded
14728 height_special "totalheight"
14731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14732 This text in a note box appears in the output with red background.
14737 In contrary to colored boxes, the note uses always the whole text width
14738 and the note is set into its own paragraph.
14741 \begin_layout Standard
14742 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
14743 \begin_inset Graphics
14744 filename ../images/note-insert.png
14747 scaleBeforeRotation
14753 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14757 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
14760 \begin_layout Section
14765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14772 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14774 name "sec:Footnotes"
14781 \begin_layout Standard
14782 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
14785 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14788 or the toolbar button
14789 \begin_inset Graphics
14790 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
14804 \begin_inset Graphics
14805 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
14816 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
14826 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14834 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14845 label, the box will
14849 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
14850 Clicking on the box label again, will close
14863 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
14879 \begin_layout Standard
14880 Here's an example footnote:
14888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14889 To close a footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
14897 \begin_layout Standard
14898 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
14899 position where the footnote box is placed.
14900 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
14901 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
14902 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
14903 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
14904 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
14909 ey are described in the
14916 \begin_layout Section
14921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14928 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14930 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
14937 \begin_layout Standard
14938 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
14939 When you insert a margin note via the menu
14941 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14943 \begin_inset Space ~
14948 or the toolbar button
14949 \begin_inset Graphics
14950 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
14971 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14975 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14978 appearing within your text.
14979 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
14988 \begin_layout Standard
14989 At the side is an example marginal note.
14993 \begin_inset Marginal
14996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14997 This is a marginal note.
15005 \begin_layout Standard
15006 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15007 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
15008 pages, right on odd pages.
15011 \begin_layout Section
15012 Graphics and Images
15016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15033 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15035 name "sec:Graphics"
15042 \begin_layout Standard
15043 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15044 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15045 \begin_inset Graphics
15046 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15053 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15057 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15060 \begin_layout Standard
15061 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15066 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15067 The appearance of the image inside LyX and in the output is adjusted separately.
15068 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15070 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15071 \begin_inset Space ~
15075 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15077 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15084 \begin_layout Standard
15089 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15090 of the image in the output.
15091 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15095 \begin_inset Space ~
15099 \begin_inset Space ~
15108 \begin_inset Space ~
15112 \begin_inset Space ~
15116 \begin_inset Space ~
15121 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15122 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15130 \begin_layout Standard
15131 LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options in the
15136 You can also set the
15140 option here if the image is inside a figure float.
15141 This option is explained in section
15142 \begin_inset Space ~
15146 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15148 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15156 \begin_inset Space ~
15161 effects that the image don't appear in the output, only a frame with the
15162 image size is printed.
15165 \begin_layout Standard
15166 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by right-clicking on an image.
15167 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15169 This is an example image in the PDF format within a separate, horizontally
15170 centered paragraph:
15173 \begin_layout Standard
15175 \begin_inset Graphics
15176 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15180 rotateOrigin center
15187 \begin_layout Standard
15188 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15189 the image into a float, see section
15190 \begin_inset Space ~
15194 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15196 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15203 \begin_layout Subsection
15208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15215 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15217 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15224 \begin_layout Standard
15225 You can insert images in any known file format.
15226 But as we explained in section
15227 \begin_inset Space ~
15231 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15233 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15237 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15238 LyX uses therefore the program
15242 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15243 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15244 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15245 \begin_inset Space ~
15249 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15251 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15258 \begin_layout Standard
15259 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15262 \begin_layout Description
15264 \begin_inset Space ~
15267 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15268 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15269 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15273 Graphics Interchange Format
15274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15277 (GIF, file extension
15278 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15322 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15325 Portable Network Graphics
15326 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15329 (PNG, file extension
15330 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15338 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15374 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15377 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15378 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15381 (JPG, file extension
15382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15390 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15402 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15440 \begin_layout Description
15442 \begin_inset Space ~
15445 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15447 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15448 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15449 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15450 \begin_inset Newline newline
15453 Scalable image formats can be
15454 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15457 Scalable Vector Graphics
15458 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15461 (SVG, file extension
15462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15470 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15509 Encapsulated PostScript
15510 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15513 (EPS, file extension
15514 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15522 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15558 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15561 Portable Document Format
15562 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15565 (PDF, file extension
15566 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15574 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15588 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15589 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15590 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15596 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15604 \begin_layout Standard
15605 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15609 \begin_layout Section
15614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15621 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15630 \begin_layout Standard
15631 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
15632 \begin_inset Graphics
15633 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
15641 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15645 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
15646 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
15647 from the rest of the table.
15648 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
15649 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
15651 Here's an example table:
15654 \begin_layout Standard
15656 \begin_inset Tabular
15657 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
15659 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15660 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15661 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
15662 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15862 \begin_layout Subsection
15866 \begin_layout Standard
15867 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
15868 brings up the table dialog.
15869 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
15870 where the cursor is placed currently.
15871 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
15872 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
15873 done on all of your selection.
15876 \begin_layout Standard
15877 Additionally to the table dialog the
15880 \begin_inset Space ~
15885 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
15887 It is for example currently only possible to add
15888 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
15892 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
15895 delete lines via the table toolbar.
15898 \begin_layout Standard
15902 \begin_inset Space ~
15907 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
15908 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
15909 current cell respectively.
15910 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
15912 A given width will allow the cell to have linebreaks and multiple paragraphs
15913 of text, see section
15914 \begin_inset Space ~
15918 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15920 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
15927 \begin_layout Standard
15928 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
15934 This will merge the cells to
15938 cell, spread over more than one column.
15939 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
15940 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
15941 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
15942 in the last row without the upper border:
15945 \begin_layout Standard
15947 \begin_inset Tabular
15948 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
15949 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
15950 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15951 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
15952 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
15953 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15964 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15973 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16049 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16084 \begin_layout Standard
16085 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16086 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16087 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16088 explained in the tables section of the
16091 \begin_inset Space ~
16097 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16098 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
16101 degrees counterclockwise.
16102 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16105 \begin_layout Standard
16106 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16114 Most DVI-viewers are
16118 able to display rotations.
16126 \begin_layout Standard
16131 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16136 adds lines for all cell borders.
16139 \begin_layout Subsection
16144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16145 Tables ! Longtables
16154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16163 \begin_layout Standard
16164 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16167 \begin_inset Space ~
16171 \begin_inset Space ~
16180 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16181 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16184 \begin_layout Description
16189 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16190 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16191 except for the first page, if
16194 \begin_inset Space ~
16202 \begin_layout Description
16206 \begin_inset Space ~
16211 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16212 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16215 \begin_layout Description
16220 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16221 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16222 except for the last page, if
16225 \begin_inset Space ~
16233 \begin_layout Description
16237 \begin_inset Space ~
16242 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16243 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16246 \begin_layout Standard
16247 You can also specify a row where the table is splitted.
16248 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16249 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16250 The others will then be defined as
16255 In this context, first means first in this order:
16258 \begin_inset Space ~
16270 \begin_inset Space ~
16276 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16279 \begin_layout Standard
16281 \begin_inset Tabular
16282 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16283 <features islongtable="true">
16284 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16285 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16286 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16287 <row endfirsthead="true">
16288 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16294 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16299 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16308 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16318 <row endfirsthead="true">
16319 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16330 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16339 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16351 <row endhead="true">
16352 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16363 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16372 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16382 <row endhead="true">
16383 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16394 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16403 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16415 <row endfoot="true">
16416 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16427 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16436 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16467 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17408 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17417 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17426 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17437 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17468 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17499 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17530 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17561 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17592 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17623 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17654 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17685 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17716 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17747 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17778 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17809 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17840 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17871 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17902 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17933 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17964 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17995 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18026 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18057 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18088 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18119 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18150 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18181 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18212 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18243 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18274 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18305 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18336 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18367 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18397 <row endlastfoot="true">
18398 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18409 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18418 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18435 \begin_layout Subsection
18440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18447 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18449 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18456 \begin_layout Standard
18457 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18458 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18459 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18460 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18464 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18465 for the cell's paragraph.
18468 \begin_layout Standard
18469 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18470 for the column in the table dialog.
18471 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18472 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18476 \begin_layout Standard
18478 \begin_inset Tabular
18479 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18481 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18482 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18483 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18503 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18572 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18628 This is longer now.
18633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18684 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18685 This is longer now.
18690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18716 \begin_layout Standard
18717 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
18718 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
18719 Selection with the mouse or with
18723 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
18724 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
18725 the selection from outside the table.
18728 \begin_layout Section
18733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18740 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18749 \begin_layout Standard
18750 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
18751 have a fixed location.
18753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18760 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
18768 \begin_inset Space ~
18773 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
18774 too much notes at the page.
18777 \begin_layout Standard
18778 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
18779 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
18780 and pages without text.
18781 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
18782 , every float can be referenced in the text.
18783 Floats are therefore numbered.
18784 Referencing is described in section
18785 \begin_inset Space ~
18789 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18791 reference "sec:Cross-References"
18798 \begin_layout Standard
18799 To insert a float, use the menu
18801 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18805 A box with a caption that has e.
18806 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
18810 \begin_inset Space ~
18814 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18818 \begin_inset Space ~
18822 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18825 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
18826 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
18828 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
18832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18838 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
18839 paragraph within the float.
18840 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
18841 by left-clicking on the box label.
18842 A closed float box looks like this:
18843 \begin_inset Graphics
18844 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
18850 -- a gray button with a red label.
18853 \begin_layout Standard
18854 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
18855 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
18858 \begin_layout Subsection
18862 \begin_layout Subsubsection
18867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18868 Floats ! Figure floats
18874 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18876 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
18883 \begin_layout Standard
18886 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18887 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18890 inserts a float with the label
18891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18897 \begin_inset Space ~
18903 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18907 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
18908 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
18909 This is what we did for Figure
18910 \begin_inset Space ~
18914 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18916 reference "cap:Platypus"
18921 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
18922 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
18923 This was done in Figure
18924 \begin_inset Space ~
18928 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18930 reference "cap:Escher"
18937 \begin_layout Standard
18938 \begin_inset Float figure
18943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18945 \begin_inset Graphics
18946 filename clipart/platypus.eps
18950 rotateOrigin center
18957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18958 \begin_inset Caption
18960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18961 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18963 name "cap:Platypus"
18967 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
18980 \begin_layout Standard
18981 \begin_inset Float figure
18986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18987 \begin_inset Caption
18989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18990 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19007 \begin_inset Graphics
19008 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19012 rotateOrigin center
19024 \begin_layout Standard
19025 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19027 As described in section
19028 \begin_inset Space ~
19032 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19034 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19038 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19040 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19043 and refer to it using the menu
19045 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19049 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19051 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19055 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19058 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19070 \begin_layout Standard
19071 Normally one inserts only one image to a figure float, but sometimes you
19072 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19073 This can be done in the graphics dialog: Right-click on an image and go
19077 \begin_inset Space ~
19082 in the appearing dialog, use the option
19086 , and enter the subcaption for the image in the now enabled caption field.
19088 \begin_inset Space ~
19092 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19094 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19098 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19099 You can also set the images one below the other.
19102 \begin_layout Standard
19103 \begin_inset Float figure
19108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19109 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
19113 \begin_inset Float figure
19118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19119 \begin_inset Caption
19121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19131 \begin_inset Graphics
19132 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19144 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
19148 \begin_inset Float figure
19153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19154 \begin_inset Caption
19156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19166 \begin_inset Graphics
19167 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19180 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
19186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19187 \begin_inset Caption
19189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19190 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19192 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19196 Two distorted images.
19209 \begin_layout Standard
19210 Note that the caption is added to the
19213 \begin_inset Space ~
19217 \begin_inset Space ~
19222 as described in section
19223 \begin_inset Space ~
19227 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19229 reference "sec:ListsOf"
19236 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19242 Floats ! Table floats
19248 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19250 name "sec:Table-Floats"
19257 \begin_layout Standard
19258 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19260 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19261 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19265 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
19268 \begin_inset Space ~
19272 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19274 reference "cap:Table-float"
19278 is an example of a table float.
19281 \begin_layout Standard
19282 \begin_inset Float table
19287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19288 \begin_inset Caption
19290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19291 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19293 name "cap:Table-float"
19305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19307 \begin_inset Tabular
19308 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19310 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19311 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19312 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19439 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19460 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19462 c & d\end{array}\right]$
19470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19483 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19504 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19510 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19518 \begin_layout Standard
19519 This float type is inserted with the menu
19521 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19522 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19526 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19527 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19531 , described in section
19532 \begin_inset Space ~
19536 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19538 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
19545 \begin_layout Standard
19546 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19554 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
19560 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
19563 \begin_layout Standard
19568 floatname{algorithm}{your
19569 \begin_inset Space ~
19575 \begin_layout Standard
19576 to the document preamble (menu
19578 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19585 \begin_inset Space ~
19591 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19599 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19605 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19611 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
19617 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19619 name "sec:Wrap-Floats"
19626 \begin_layout Standard
19627 \begin_inset Wrap figure
19634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19635 \begin_inset Graphics
19636 filename clipart/mobius.eps
19640 rotateOrigin center
19647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19648 \begin_inset Caption
19650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19651 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19653 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19657 This is a wrapped figure.
19658 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
19671 This float type is used if you want to
19672 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19676 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19679 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
19681 It can be inserted using the menu
19683 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19684 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19686 \begin_inset Space ~
19691 if the LaTeX-package
19699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19700 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
19709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19710 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
19713 \begin_inset Space ~
19723 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
19726 \begin_inset Space ~
19730 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19732 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19736 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
19737 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
19744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19745 Available units are explained in Appendix
19746 \begin_inset Space ~
19750 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19752 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
19761 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
19765 \begin_layout Standard
19766 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19774 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.g.
19775 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
19776 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
19777 over some other text.
19785 \begin_layout Itemize
19786 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
19787 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
19788 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
19789 breaks will appear.
19792 \begin_layout Itemize
19793 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
19794 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
19797 \begin_layout Itemize
19798 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
19799 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
19802 \begin_layout Itemize
19803 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
19806 \begin_layout Subsection
19808 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19810 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
19818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19827 \begin_layout Standard
19828 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
19829 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
19833 \begin_inset Space ~
19841 \begin_layout Standard
19842 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, when you have
19843 a two-column document).
19844 They are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
19845 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
19852 \begin_layout Standard
19853 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
19854 format is also the same: Table
19855 \begin_inset Space ~
19859 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19861 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
19865 is an example of a rotated table float.
19868 \begin_layout Standard
19869 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19877 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
19885 \begin_layout Standard
19886 \begin_inset Float table
19891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19892 \begin_inset Caption
19894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19895 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19897 name "cap:Rotated-table"
19909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19911 \begin_inset Tabular
19912 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
19914 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19915 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19916 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19917 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19918 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19978 \begin_layout Subsection
19980 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19982 name "sub:Float-Placement"
19990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19999 \begin_layout Standard
20000 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20001 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20002 \begin_inset Newline newline
20008 \begin_inset Space ~
20013 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20014 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
20016 \begin_inset Newline newline
20022 \begin_inset Space ~
20027 is used to rotate floats, see section
20028 \begin_inset Space ~
20032 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20034 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20041 \begin_layout Standard
20042 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20043 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20046 \begin_inset Space ~
20050 \begin_inset Space ~
20058 \begin_layout Description
20060 \begin_inset Space ~
20064 \begin_inset Space ~
20067 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
20070 \begin_layout Description
20072 \begin_inset Space ~
20076 \begin_inset Space ~
20079 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
20082 \begin_layout Description
20084 \begin_inset Space ~
20088 \begin_inset Space ~
20091 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
20094 \begin_layout Description
20096 \begin_inset Space ~
20100 \begin_inset Space ~
20103 floats: try to place the float on an own page
20106 \begin_layout Standard
20107 The order of the above option is
20112 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20116 \begin_inset Space ~
20120 \begin_inset Space ~
20128 \begin_inset Space ~
20132 \begin_inset Space ~
20137 , and then the others.
20138 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20140 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20141 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20144 \begin_layout Standard
20145 By default, each options has its own rules:
20148 \begin_layout Standard
20152 \begin_inset Space ~
20156 \begin_inset Space ~
20161 only floats occupying less than 70
20162 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
20165 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20168 \begin_layout Standard
20172 \begin_inset Space ~
20176 \begin_inset Space ~
20181 : only floats occupying less than 30
20182 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
20185 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20188 \begin_layout Standard
20192 \begin_inset Space ~
20196 \begin_inset Space ~
20201 : only if more than 50
20202 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
20205 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20209 \begin_layout Standard
20210 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20214 \begin_inset Space ~
20218 \begin_inset Space ~
20226 \begin_layout Standard
20227 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20228 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20229 For this case you can use the option
20232 \begin_inset Space ~
20238 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20240 Because the float is then no longer able to
20241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20248 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
20251 \begin_layout Standard
20252 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20253 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20256 \begin_layout Standard
20257 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20259 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20261 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20268 \begin_layout Section
20273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20280 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20282 name "sec:Minipages"
20289 \begin_layout Standard
20290 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20292 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20293 \begin_inset Space ~
20300 \begin_layout Standard
20301 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20303 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20307 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20308 and its alignment within the page.
20311 \begin_layout Standard
20313 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20322 height_special "totalheight"
20325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20328 This is a minipage.
20329 The text is set in an italic style.
20332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20335 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20336 another formatting.
20344 \begin_layout Standard
20345 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20348 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20352 as described in section
20353 \begin_inset Space ~
20357 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20359 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20364 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20370 \begin_layout Standard
20371 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20380 height_special "totalheight"
20383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20384 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20385 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20391 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
20395 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20404 height_special "totalheight"
20407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20408 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20409 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20417 \begin_layout Standard
20418 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20424 \begin_layout Standard
20425 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20426 to other box types.
20427 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20438 \begin_layout Chapter
20439 Mathematical Formulas
20443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20482 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20484 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20491 \begin_layout Standard
20492 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20497 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20500 \begin_layout Section
20505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20514 \begin_layout Standard
20515 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20516 \begin_inset Graphics
20517 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20523 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20525 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20526 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20527 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
20529 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20535 \begin_layout Standard
20536 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
20540 \begin_inset Space ~
20545 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
20548 \begin_layout Standard
20549 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
20550 line, like this one:
20553 \begin_layout Standard
20554 This is a line with an inline formula
20555 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
20561 \begin_layout Standard
20562 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
20564 \begin_inset Formula \[
20569 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
20572 \begin_layout Standard
20573 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
20576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20586 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20589 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
20590 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
20594 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
20597 \begin_inset Space ~
20605 \begin_layout Subsection
20606 Navigating in Formulas
20610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20619 \begin_layout Standard
20620 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
20621 achieved with the arrow keys.
20622 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
20623 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
20628 will leave a formula construct (a square root
20629 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
20633 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
20637 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20639 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
20647 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
20652 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
20653 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
20656 \begin_layout Standard
20661 , printed in this document as
20662 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20683 \begin_inset Note Note
20686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20687 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
20688 space character (visible space).
20693 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
20694 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
20695 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
20700 For example, if you want
20701 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
20712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20755 , since in the latter case only the
20758 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
20763 will be under the square root sign:
20764 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
20770 \begin_layout Standard
20771 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
20773 \begin_inset Formula \[
20774 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
20777 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
20781 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
20782 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
20785 \begin_layout Subsection
20789 \begin_layout Standard
20790 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
20791 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
20795 and a cursor movement key to select text.
20796 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
20797 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
20798 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
20799 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
20802 \begin_layout Subsection
20803 Exponents and Subscripts
20807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20826 \begin_layout Standard
20827 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
20828 way is to use a command.
20830 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
20833 , type in a formula
20839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20855 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
20861 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
20865 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
20874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20886 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
20888 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20892 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20895 , you have to use an extra
20899 to separate the hat and the character.
20902 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
20911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20923 Subscripts are similar: To get
20924 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
20933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20947 \begin_layout Subsection
20952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20961 \begin_layout Standard
20962 Create a fraction with either the command
20969 \begin_inset Graphics
20970 filename ../images/math/frac.png
20979 \begin_inset Space ~
20985 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
20986 The cursor is above the fraction line.
20987 To move it to the bottom, simply press
20992 To move back up, press
20997 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
20998 \begin_inset Formula \[
20999 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21001 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21008 \begin_layout Subsection
21013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21022 \begin_layout Standard
21023 Roots can be created using the
21026 \begin_inset Space ~
21032 \begin_inset Graphics
21033 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21057 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21063 produces always a square root.
21066 \begin_layout Subsection
21067 Operators with Limits
21071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21088 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21090 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21097 \begin_layout Standard
21099 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21103 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21106 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21107 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21108 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21109 The sum operator will automatically place its
21110 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21114 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21117 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21120 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21124 \begin_inset Formula \[
21125 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21129 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21133 \begin_layout Standard
21134 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21136 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21137 behind the operator and hitting
21143 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21144 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21146 \begin_inset Space ~
21150 \begin_inset Space ~
21158 \begin_layout Standard
21159 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21164 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21167 feature as addition, such as
21171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21178 \begin_inset Formula \[
21179 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21183 which will place the
21184 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21196 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21197 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21203 \begin_layout Standard
21204 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21211 Have a look at section
21212 \begin_inset Space ~
21216 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21218 reference "sub:Functions"
21222 for an explanation of function macros.
21225 \begin_layout Subsection
21230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21239 \begin_layout Standard
21240 Most math symbols can be found in the
21243 \begin_inset Space ~
21248 under one of several categories; including
21265 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21269 \begin_layout Standard
21270 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21271 you don't have to use the
21274 \begin_inset Space ~
21279 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21280 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21283 \begin_layout Subsection
21288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21295 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21297 name "sub:Altering-Spacing"
21304 \begin_layout Standard
21305 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
21314 \begin_inset Space ~
21320 \begin_inset Graphics
21321 filename ../images/math/space.png
21327 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21328 Here a example for the sequence
21333 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21337 \begin_inset Graphics
21338 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21344 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21345 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21346 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21347 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
21352 \begin_layout Standard
21362 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21368 \begin_layout Standard
21378 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21384 \begin_layout Subsection
21389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21396 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21398 name "sub:Functions"
21405 \begin_layout Standard
21409 \begin_inset Space ~
21414 contains under the button
21415 \begin_inset Graphics
21416 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21421 a number of functions, such as
21422 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21426 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21434 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21441 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21442 avoid confusions, because
21443 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21447 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21453 \begin_layout Standard
21454 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21456 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21460 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21466 \begin_layout Standard
21467 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
21468 that subscripts are placed, like described in section
21469 \begin_inset Space ~
21473 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21475 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21482 \begin_layout Subsection
21487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21496 \begin_layout Standard
21497 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21499 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21500 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
21502 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21505 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21506 Our example is entered by typing
21514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21527 \begin_inset Space ~
21531 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21533 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
21537 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
21540 \begin_layout Standard
21541 \begin_inset Float table
21546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21547 \begin_inset Caption
21549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21550 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21552 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
21556 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
21564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21566 \begin_inset Tabular
21567 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
21569 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21570 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21571 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21655 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21709 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
21719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21763 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
21773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21817 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
21827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21871 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
21881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21925 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
21935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21979 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
21989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22033 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22087 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22132 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22153 \begin_layout Standard
22154 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22157 \begin_inset Space ~
22163 \begin_inset Graphics
22164 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22169 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22173 \begin_layout Section
22174 Brackets and Delimiters
22178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22195 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22197 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22204 \begin_layout Standard
22205 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22206 For most purposes, using just the keys
22211 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22212 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
22215 \begin_inset Space ~
22221 \begin_inset Graphics
22222 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22228 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22230 \begin_inset Formula \[
22231 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22233 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22237 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22238 \begin_inset Formula \[
22239 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22246 \begin_layout Standard
22247 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22248 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22251 \begin_layout Standard
22252 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22253 left side and right side.
22254 If you use the option
22257 \begin_inset Space ~
22262 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22263 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22264 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22265 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22268 \begin_layout Standard
22269 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22270 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22271 inside the brackets.
22272 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22277 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22280 \begin_layout Standard
22281 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
22282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22292 \begin_layout Section
22297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22304 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22306 name "sec:Grouping"
22313 \begin_layout Standard
22314 You may need to group a set of symbols.
22315 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
22326 \begin_layout Standard
22327 \begin_inset Formula \[
22328 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
22335 \begin_layout Standard
22336 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
22337 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22347 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22351 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
22352 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
22353 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
22356 \begin_layout Section
22357 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22382 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22390 \begin_layout Standard
22391 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22394 \begin_inset Space ~
22400 \begin_inset Graphics
22401 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22407 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22408 Here is an example:
22409 \begin_inset Formula \[
22410 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22413 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22417 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22418 \begin_inset Space ~
22422 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22424 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22429 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22430 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22431 This alignment is set in the box
22436 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22444 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22460 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22468 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22473 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22481 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22484 for every column as default.
22485 For example, the sequence
22486 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22494 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22497 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22498 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22499 corresponds to the relevant column.
22500 The result will look like this:
22501 \begin_inset Formula \[
22503 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22504 column & has & has\, right\\
22505 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
22512 \begin_layout Standard
22513 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22517 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22518 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22520 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22526 \begin_layout Standard
22527 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22528 It can be created with the menu
22530 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22531 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22533 \begin_inset Space ~
22546 \begin_inset Formula \[
22550 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
22557 \begin_layout Standard
22558 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22561 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
22569 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
22578 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
22579 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22583 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22586 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
22587 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
22588 A new row is created by every further hit of
22596 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
22597 Here is an example:
22598 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22599 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
22600 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
22604 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
22605 where you want to start the shift and hit
22610 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
22611 position to the next column.
22612 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
22613 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
22614 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
22615 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
22622 \begin_layout Standard
22623 The multi-line formula type described here is called
22630 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
22631 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
22632 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22634 reference "eq:asquared"
22639 The other types are described in section
22640 \begin_inset Space ~
22644 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22646 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
22653 \begin_layout Section
22654 Formula Numbering and Referencing
22658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22659 Math ! Formula numbering
22668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22669 Math ! Referencing formulas
22675 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22677 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
22684 \begin_layout Standard
22685 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
22687 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22688 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22690 \begin_inset Space ~
22698 \begin_inset Space ~
22704 The formula number appears in LyX as
22705 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22709 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22712 within parentheses.
22714 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22718 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22721 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
22723 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
22724 the document class.
22725 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
22726 separated by a dot:
22727 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
22728 1+1=2\end{equation}
22735 \begin_inset Space ~
22740 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
22741 You can only number displayed formulas.
22744 \begin_layout Standard
22745 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
22747 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22748 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22750 \begin_inset Space ~
22754 \begin_inset Space ~
22758 \begin_inset Space ~
22766 \begin_inset Space ~
22771 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
22772 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22774 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
22775 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
22779 To number all lines use the shortcut
22782 \begin_inset Space ~
22790 \begin_layout Standard
22791 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22794 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
22795 A label is inserted with the menu
22797 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22800 when the cursor is in the formula.
22801 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
22802 It is recommended to use the proposed
22803 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22811 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22814 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
22815 type when you have many labels in your document.
22816 We inserted in the following example the label
22817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22821 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22824 in the second line:
22825 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22826 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
22827 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
22831 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
22832 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
22834 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22838 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22842 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
22844 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22846 \begin_inset Space ~
22852 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
22853 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
22854 as the formula number:
22857 \begin_layout Standard
22858 This is a cross-reference to equation (
22859 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22861 reference "eq:tanhExp"
22868 \begin_layout Standard
22869 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
22870 \begin_inset Space ~
22874 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22876 reference "sec:Cross-References"
22881 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
22884 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22887 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
22891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22892 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
22900 \begin_layout Section
22901 User defined math macros
22905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22912 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22914 name "sec:math-macros"
22921 \begin_layout Standard
22922 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
22923 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
22924 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
22926 \begin_inset Newline newline
22929 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
22930 \begin_inset Formula \[
22931 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
22935 The general form of its solution is:
22936 \begin_inset Formula \[
22937 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
22944 \begin_layout Standard
22945 The macro should print the parameters
22946 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
22950 \begin_inset Formula $p$
22954 \begin_inset Formula $q$
22957 like in the equation above.
22960 \begin_layout Standard
22961 A macro is created by executing the command
22964 \begin_layout Standard
22971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22994 \begin_inset Space ~
22998 \begin_inset Space ~
23004 \begin_layout Standard
23005 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
23006 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
23007 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
23008 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
23012 \begin_layout Standard
23013 We have three arguments and name the macro
23014 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23018 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23021 , so that the command is:
23024 \begin_layout Standard
23031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23056 \begin_layout Standard
23057 This results in the following macro definition box:
23058 \begin_inset Graphics
23059 filename clipart/macrobox.png
23065 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
23066 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23067 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
23071 \begin_inset Note Note
23074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23075 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
23076 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
23084 \begin_layout Standard
23085 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
23086 the math panel or commands.
23087 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
23088 followed by the argument number, e.g.
23090 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23099 for the first argument.
23100 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
23101 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
23102 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
23103 in LyX with its full size.
23104 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
23105 In our example we insert the sequence
23106 \begin_inset Newline newline
23134 \begin_inset Newline newline
23139 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
23142 \begin_layout Standard
23143 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
23144 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23154 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23158 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
23161 \begin_layout Standard
23163 \begin_inset Graphics
23164 filename clipart/macrouse.png
23172 \begin_layout Standard
23173 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
23174 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
23175 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
23176 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
23177 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
23180 \begin_layout Standard
23181 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
23182 to the new definition.
23183 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
23184 \begin_inset Formula $x$
23188 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
23192 \begin_inset Formula $B$
23196 \begin_inset Formula \[
23204 \begin_layout Standard
23205 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
23209 \begin_layout Standard
23223 \begin_inset Newline newline
23230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23256 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23259 \begin_layout Standard
23260 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
23261 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
23262 definition box in your document.
23263 There are also some other restrictions: The command
23265 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
23267 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
23272 \begin_layout Section
23276 \begin_layout Subsection
23281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23290 \begin_layout Standard
23291 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23292 To set a font in a formula, use the
23295 \begin_inset Space ~
23301 \begin_inset Graphics
23302 filename ../images/math/font.png
23307 , or enter its command, listed in table
23308 \begin_inset Space ~
23312 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23314 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23321 \begin_layout Standard
23322 \begin_inset Float table
23327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23328 \begin_inset Caption
23330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23331 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23333 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23337 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23347 \begin_inset Tabular
23348 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23350 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23351 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23383 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23410 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23437 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23470 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23497 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23524 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23558 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23585 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23619 \begin_layout Standard
23620 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23628 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23644 \begin_layout Standard
23645 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23646 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23651 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23652 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23653 Here an example where a
23654 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23658 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23665 denotes the set of numbers:
23666 \begin_inset Formula \[
23667 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23674 \begin_layout Standard
23675 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23686 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23690 \begin_inset Newline newline
23693 So better don't use this feature.
23696 \begin_layout Standard
23697 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23698 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23702 \begin_inset Newline newline
23705 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23711 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23712 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23718 \begin_layout Standard
23725 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23728 \begin_layout Standard
23729 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23731 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23732 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23734 \begin_inset Space ~
23742 \begin_layout Subsection
23747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23756 \begin_layout Standard
23757 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23759 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23763 \begin_inset Space ~
23767 \begin_inset Space ~
23775 \begin_inset Space ~
23781 \begin_inset Graphics
23782 filename ../images/math/font.png
23787 (alternatively the shortcut
23790 \begin_inset Space ~
23796 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
23797 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
23798 Here is an example:
23799 \begin_inset Formula \[
23801 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
23802 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
23809 \begin_layout Subsection
23814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23823 \begin_layout Standard
23824 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
23825 automatically chosen in most situations.
23843 For most characters,
23851 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
23852 and certain other structures, are set larger in
23857 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
23858 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
23859 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
23860 \begin_inset Graphics
23861 filename ../images/math/style.png
23867 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
23868 For example, you can set
23869 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
23872 , which is normally in
23881 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
23885 The four styles are used in the following example:
23888 \begin_layout Standard
23889 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
23893 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
23897 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
23901 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
23907 \begin_layout Standard
23908 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
23909 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
23911 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23913 \begin_inset Space ~
23918 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
23919 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
23920 will be adjusted to correspond.
23921 As example a formula in the font size
23922 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23926 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23932 \begin_layout Standard
23936 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
23942 \begin_layout Section
23947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23966 \begin_layout Standard
23967 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
23968 (AMS) that are in common use.
23971 \begin_layout Subsection
23972 Enabling AMS-Support
23975 \begin_layout Standard
23976 Selecting the checkbox
23979 \begin_inset Space ~
23983 \begin_inset Space ~
23987 \begin_inset Space ~
23994 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24002 Document ! Settings
24010 \begin_inset Space ~
24015 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24017 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24018 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24021 \begin_layout Subsection
24023 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24025 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24034 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24042 \begin_layout Standard
24043 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24044 LyX allows you to choose between
24065 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24068 \begin_layout Chapter
24072 \begin_layout Section
24077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24084 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24086 name "sec:Cross-References"
24093 \begin_layout Standard
24094 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24095 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24097 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24098 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24099 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
24102 \begin_layout Enumerate
24106 \begin_layout Enumerate
24107 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24109 name "enu:Second-item"
24116 \begin_layout Enumerate
24120 \begin_layout Standard
24121 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24123 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24126 or the by pressing the toolbar button
24127 \begin_inset Graphics
24128 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24135 A grey label box like this:
24136 \begin_inset Graphics
24137 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24143 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24144 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24154 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24179 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
24180 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
24181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24189 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24195 \begin_layout Standard
24196 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24198 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24201 or the toolbar button
24202 \begin_inset Graphics
24203 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24210 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24211 \begin_inset Graphics
24212 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24218 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
24220 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24221 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24233 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24235 Here is our cross-reference:
24238 \begin_layout Standard
24240 \begin_inset Space ~
24244 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24246 reference "enu:Second-item"
24253 \begin_layout Standard
24254 It is recommended to use a protected space
24258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24259 described in section
24260 \begin_inset Space ~
24264 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24266 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24275 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly linebreaks
24279 \begin_layout Standard
24280 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24283 \begin_layout Description
24284 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24285 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24287 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24294 \begin_layout Description
24295 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24296 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24306 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24308 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24315 \begin_layout Description
24316 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24317 \begin_inset Space ~
24321 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24322 LatexCommand pageref
24323 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24330 \begin_layout Description
24332 \begin_inset Space ~
24336 \begin_inset Space ~
24339 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24340 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24341 LatexCommand vpageref
24342 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24349 \begin_layout Description
24351 \begin_inset Space ~
24355 \begin_inset Space ~
24359 \begin_inset Space ~
24362 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24364 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24366 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24373 \begin_layout Description
24375 \begin_inset Space ~
24378 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24379 \begin_inset Newline newline
24383 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24391 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24398 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24413 \begin_layout Standard
24414 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24415 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24417 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
24421 \begin_inset Space ~
24425 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24439 \begin_layout Standard
24440 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
24441 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24442 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24446 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24450 \begin_layout Standard
24451 You can only use the style
24455 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24459 is always possible.
24462 \begin_layout Standard
24463 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24464 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24465 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24466 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24467 \begin_inset Space ~
24471 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24473 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24480 \begin_layout Standard
24484 \begin_inset Space ~
24488 \begin_inset Space ~
24493 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
24494 The button text changes then to
24497 \begin_inset Space ~
24502 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24503 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24504 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
24508 \begin_layout Standard
24509 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24510 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24511 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24514 \begin_layout Standard
24515 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
24516 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24519 \begin_layout Standard
24520 References are described in detail in the
24527 \begin_layout Section
24528 Table of Contents and other Listings
24532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24549 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24558 \begin_layout Subsection
24559 Table of Contents and Outline
24560 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24562 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24569 \begin_layout Standard
24570 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24572 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24573 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24575 \begin_inset Space ~
24579 \begin_inset Space ~
24585 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24586 If you click on it, the TOC window appears, showing you the TOC entries.
24587 You can jump to a document part by clicking on an entry.
24588 Thus you can use this window as graphical alternative for the
24595 \begin_layout Standard
24596 The TOC lists every numbered section automatically.
24597 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24599 \begin_inset Space ~
24603 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24605 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24609 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24611 \begin_inset Space ~
24615 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24617 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24621 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24623 You can also adjust the level for the displayed sections in the TOC window
24624 using the grey fader at the bottom of the window.
24625 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24628 \begin_layout Standard
24629 You can use the TOC window also as outline to move and rearrange sections
24631 The TOC window therefore also appears when you use the menu
24633 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24639 \begin_layout Subsection
24640 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
24641 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24650 \begin_layout Standard
24651 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24652 You can insert them via the
24654 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24656 \begin_inset Space ~
24660 \begin_inset Space ~
24666 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24669 \begin_layout Section
24670 URLs and Hyperlinks
24674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24691 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24700 \begin_layout Subsection
24704 \begin_layout Standard
24705 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
24707 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24713 \begin_layout Standard
24714 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
24715 \begin_inset Flex URL
24718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24728 \begin_layout Standard
24729 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
24735 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
24739 \begin_layout Standard
24740 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24748 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
24756 \begin_layout Subsection
24760 \begin_layout Standard
24761 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
24763 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24766 or with the toolbar button
24767 \begin_inset Graphics
24768 filename ../images/href-insert.png
24770 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
24775 The appearing dialog has two fields:
24784 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
24785 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
24786 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24788 name "LyX's homepage"
24789 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24793 , an Email address like this:
24794 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24796 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
24797 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
24802 , or a link to a file.
24805 \begin_layout Standard
24806 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
24808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24816 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24819 to the link target.
24822 \begin_layout Standard
24823 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary and become clickable
24824 in the DVI and PDF-output.
24825 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
24826 the text style dialog.
24827 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
24831 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24833 name "LyX's homepage"
24834 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24841 \begin_layout Standard
24842 The link text color can be changed, when the option
24846 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
24848 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24849 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24853 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
24855 \begin_inset Newline newline
24863 \begin_inset Newline newline
24870 in the PDF Properties dialog.
24873 \begin_layout Section
24878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24885 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24887 name "sec:Appendices"
24894 \begin_layout Standard
24895 Appendices are created with the menu
24897 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24899 \begin_inset Space ~
24903 \begin_inset Space ~
24909 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
24910 as appendix region.
24911 The region is marked with a red borderline.
24914 \begin_layout Standard
24915 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
24916 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
24917 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
24918 and the subsection number.
24919 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
24923 \begin_layout Standard
24925 \begin_inset Space ~
24929 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24931 reference "cha:Credits"
24936 \begin_inset Space ~
24940 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24942 reference "sub:Export"
24949 \begin_layout Section
24954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24961 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24963 name "sec:Bibliography"
24970 \begin_layout Standard
24971 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
24972 You can include a bibliography database
24976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24977 Known under the name
24978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24990 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
24992 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
24996 , described in section
24997 \begin_inset Space ~
25001 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25003 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25010 \begin_layout Standard
25015 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25017 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25026 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25028 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25037 , a short form of its title, as key.
25040 \begin_layout Standard
25041 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25043 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25046 or the toobar button
25047 \begin_inset Graphics
25048 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25050 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25055 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25056 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25057 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25058 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25062 \begin_layout Standard
25063 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
25064 with surrounding brackets.
25069 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25070 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25072 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25076 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25082 \begin_layout Standard
25085 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25088 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25090 key "latexcompanion"
25097 \begin_layout Standard
25098 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25099 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25108 \begin_layout Subsection
25109 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25114 Bibliography ! Databases
25123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25124 Bibliography ! BibT
25128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25141 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25143 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25148 \begin_inset Note Note
25151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25152 Fix this Index entry when bug 4600 is fixed!
25160 \begin_layout Standard
25161 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25163 It makes it also very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25165 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25166 your working field in a database.
25167 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
25168 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
25171 \begin_layout Standard
25172 The database is a text file with the file extension
25173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25184 containing the bibliography in a special format.
25185 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
25186 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25188 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25193 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
25195 \begin_inset Newline newline
25199 \begin_inset Flex URL
25202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25204 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25210 \begin_inset Newline newline
25213 you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
25216 \begin_layout Standard
25217 To use a database, use the menu
25219 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25224 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25237 \begin_inset Space ~
25243 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25244 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25247 \begin_layout Standard
25248 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25249 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25260 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
25261 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
25262 take care of the layout.
25265 \begin_layout Standard
25266 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
25269 \begin_layout Standard
25270 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25276 \begin_layout Standard
25277 To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
25279 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25313 \begin_inset Space ~
25319 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25327 \begin_layout Standard
25328 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25334 \begin_layout Standard
25335 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25336 the two methods of creating them.
25337 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25338 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25339 We used the style file
25343 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25346 \begin_layout Subsection
25347 Bibliography layout
25351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25352 Bibliography ! Layout
25360 \begin_layout Standard
25361 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25362 For this feature you need to use the option
25368 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25376 Document ! Settings
25386 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25387 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25388 in the previous section.
25391 \begin_layout Standard
25392 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25393 in the citation reference window.
25394 Here an example where we set the text
25395 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25399 \begin_inset Space ~
25403 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25406 to appear after the reference:
25409 \begin_layout Standard
25411 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25414 key "latexcompanion"
25421 \begin_layout Section
25426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25433 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25442 \begin_layout Standard
25443 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25445 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25447 \begin_inset Space ~
25452 or the toolbar button
25453 \begin_inset Graphics
25454 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25456 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25470 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25473 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25474 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25475 by LyX as index entry.
25478 \begin_layout Standard
25479 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25480 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25482 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25484 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25491 \begin_layout Standard
25492 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25495 \begin_layout Standard
25496 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
25498 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25500 \begin_inset Space ~
25504 \begin_inset Space ~
25507 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25509 \begin_inset Space ~
25515 A light blue box labeled
25516 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25527 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25528 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25531 \begin_layout Subsection
25532 Grouping Index Entries
25536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25545 \begin_layout Standard
25546 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25548 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25549 lists under the entry
25550 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25554 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25558 First we create the entry
25559 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25563 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25567 \begin_inset Space ~
25571 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25573 reference "sub:Lists"
25578 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25579 \begin_inset Space ~
25583 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25585 reference "sec:Itemize"
25589 , we insert the command
25592 \begin_layout Standard
25598 \begin_layout Standard
25602 \begin_layout Standard
25608 \begin_layout Standard
25609 for the enumerated list in section
25610 \begin_inset Space ~
25614 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25616 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25623 \begin_layout Standard
25624 The exclamation mark
25625 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25629 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25632 marks the grouping levels.
25633 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25634 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25635 If we don't have an index entry for
25636 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25640 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25643 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25646 \begin_layout Subsection
25651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25652 Index ! Page ranges
25660 \begin_layout Standard
25661 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
25663 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
25664 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
25666 \begin_inset Space ~
25670 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25672 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
25679 \begin_layout Standard
25682 Paragraph environments|(
25685 \begin_layout Standard
25686 and another entry at the end of section
25687 \begin_inset Space ~
25691 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25693 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
25700 \begin_layout Standard
25703 Paragraph environments|)
25706 \begin_layout Standard
25708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25728 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25731 respectively starts and ends the index range.
25732 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
25733 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
25734 the pages of the indexed document parts.
25735 An example is the index entry
25736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25739 Document ! Settings
25740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25746 \begin_layout Subsection
25751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25752 Index ! Cross referencing
25760 \begin_layout Standard
25761 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
25762 We referred for example in the index entry
25763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25771 \begin_inset Space ~
25775 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25777 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
25781 ) to the index entry
25782 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25786 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25789 in the same section using the entry
25792 \begin_layout Standard
25795 GIF|see{Image formats}
25798 \begin_layout Standard
25799 Where the braces have to be inserted as ERT.
25800 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
25801 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
25804 \begin_layout Subsection
25809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25810 Index ! Entry order
25818 \begin_layout Standard
25819 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
25820 then not follow the rules for the index order.
25821 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
25825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25826 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
25828 \begin_inset Space ~
25832 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25834 reference "sub:Index-Program"
25843 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
25844 We created as example the three dummy index entries
25845 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25849 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25853 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25857 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25861 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25865 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25873 Dummy entries ! maïs
25882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25883 Dummy entries ! maître
25892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25893 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
25898 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
25899 order maïs, maison, maître.
25900 To achieve this, we use the command
25903 \begin_layout Standard
25906 previous entry@current entry
25909 \begin_layout Standard
25910 In our case we want to have
25911 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25915 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25919 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25923 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25926 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
25929 \begin_layout Standard
25935 \begin_layout Standard
25936 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
25937 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
25941 \begin_layout Subsection
25946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25947 Index ! Entry layout
25955 \begin_layout Standard
25956 You can change the appearance of insert entries via the textstyle dialog.
25960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25961 Dummy entries ! This@
25963 This is an italic entry at the correct position
25972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25975 This is an italic entry at the wrong position
25980 LyX will then in the background add commands for the layout that destroy
25982 To avoid that our index entry appears as the first one, we use the following
25986 \begin_layout Standard
25991 This is an italic entry
25994 \begin_layout Standard
25995 You can also format the page number using the character
25996 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26000 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26003 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26004 We can write for example
26007 \begin_layout Standard
26010 old-style page number:|oldstylenums
26013 \begin_layout Standard
26014 to get the page number in an old-style layout.
26018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26019 Dummy entries ! old-style page number:|oldstylenums
26024 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26042 \begin_inset Space ~
26048 Have a look at section
26049 \begin_inset Space ~
26053 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26055 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26059 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26062 \begin_layout Standard
26063 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26065 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26066 for all index entries.
26069 \begin_layout Subsection
26074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26081 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26083 name "sub:Index-Program"
26090 \begin_layout Standard
26091 LyX uses for the index generation by default the program
26096 It can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences dialog,
26098 \begin_inset Space ~
26102 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26104 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26109 The available options are listed and explained in
26110 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26119 \begin_layout Standard
26120 You can also specify there another program to generate the index, for example
26129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26138 \begin_layout Section
26139 Nomenclature / Glossary
26143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26182 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26184 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26191 \begin_layout Standard
26192 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26193 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
26197 \begin_layout Standard
26198 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26205 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26213 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26214 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26220 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26223 \begin_layout Standard
26224 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26225 and then use the menu
26227 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26233 \begin_inset Space ~
26238 or the toobar button
26239 \begin_inset Graphics
26240 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26242 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26248 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26256 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26259 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26262 \begin_layout Standard
26263 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26264 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26265 The second is the description of the symbol.
26268 \begin_layout Standard
26269 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26277 Like for the index entry dialog, you have to enter valid LaTeX-code for
26278 all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26286 \begin_layout Subsection
26287 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26292 Nomenclature ! Layout
26300 \begin_layout Standard
26301 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26305 field as LaTeX-formula.
26307 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26311 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26315 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26319 \begin_inset Newline newline
26327 \begin_inset Newline newline
26333 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26337 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26340 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
26341 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26343 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26349 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26353 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26363 \begin_layout Standard
26364 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26365 \begin_inset Space ~
26369 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26371 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26378 \begin_layout Standard
26382 \begin_inset Space ~
26387 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26388 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26393 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26397 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26400 in this document is:
26401 \begin_inset Newline newline
26406 dummy entry for the character
26411 \begin_inset Newline newline
26423 \begin_inset Space ~
26433 font use the command
26462 \begin_layout Subsection
26463 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
26467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26468 Nomenclature ! Sort order
26476 \begin_layout Standard
26477 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
26478 the symbol definition.
26479 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
26480 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
26483 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26484 LatexCommand nomenclature
26486 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
26493 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26497 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26498 LatexCommand nomenclature
26501 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
26506 They will be sorted by
26507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26519 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26533 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26536 will be sorted before the
26540 since the character
26541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26548 is considered in sorting.
26551 \begin_layout Standard
26552 To control the sort order, you can edit the
26555 \begin_inset Space ~
26560 field of the nomenclature dialog.
26561 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
26563 For the given example, you can insert
26567 to this field for the
26568 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26575 will be located before
26576 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26582 \begin_layout Standard
26583 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
26588 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26597 \begin_layout Subsection
26598 Nomenclature Options
26602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26603 Nomenclature ! Options
26611 \begin_layout Standard
26616 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
26617 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
26620 \begin_layout Description
26621 refeq Appends the phrase
26622 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26634 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26637 to every nomenclature entry, where
26643 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
26646 \begin_layout Description
26647 refpage Appends the phrase
26648 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26663 to every nomenclature entry, where
26669 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
26672 \begin_layout Description
26673 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
26676 \begin_layout Standard
26677 There are furthermore the options
26721 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
26725 \begin_layout Standard
26726 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
26727 class options list in the
26729 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26733 In this document the options
26744 \begin_layout Standard
26745 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26751 \begin_layout Standard
26752 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
26753 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
26758 field in the nomenclature dialog:
26761 \begin_layout Description
26771 \begin_layout Description
26774 nomrefpage Like the
26781 \begin_layout Description
26784 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
26793 \begin_layout Description
26797 \begin_inset Space ~
26803 \begin_inset Space ~
26808 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
26811 \begin_layout Subsection
26812 Printing the Nomenclature
26816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26817 Nomenclature ! Printing
26825 \begin_layout Standard
26826 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
26828 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26830 \begin_inset Space ~
26834 \begin_inset Space ~
26837 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26841 A light blue box labeled
26842 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26850 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26853 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
26854 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
26857 \begin_layout Standard
26858 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
26859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26863 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26867 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
26875 For example, in order to change the name to
26879 , add the following line to the preamble:
26882 \begin_layout Standard
26890 nomname}{List of Symbols}
26893 \begin_layout Standard
26894 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
26900 \begin_layout Standard
26901 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
26902 by adding the following line to the preamble:
26905 \begin_layout Standard
26913 nomlabelwidth}{width}
26916 \begin_layout Standard
26919 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
26920 \begin_inset Space ~
26924 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26926 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
26931 The default value is 1
26932 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
26938 \begin_layout Section
26943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26954 Document ! Branches
26960 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26962 name "sec:Branches"
26969 \begin_layout Standard
26970 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
26971 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
26972 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
26973 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
26976 \begin_layout Standard
26977 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
26978 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
26979 To create a branch, go in the
26981 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26989 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
26990 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
26993 \begin_layout Standard
26994 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
26995 These boxes are inserted via the menu
26997 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27000 where you can choose a branch.
27001 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27004 \begin_layout Standard
27005 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27006 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27009 \begin_layout Standard
27010 \begin_inset Branch Question
27013 \begin_layout Standard
27014 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27022 \begin_layout Standard
27023 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27026 \begin_layout Standard
27027 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27035 \begin_layout Standard
27036 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27042 \begin_layout Standard
27043 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27044 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27046 For example you can define for the question branch
27050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27051 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27052 \begin_inset Space ~
27056 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27058 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27070 \begin_layout Standard
27080 \begin_layout Standard
27090 \begin_layout Standard
27091 and for the answer branch
27094 \begin_layout Standard
27104 \begin_layout Standard
27114 \begin_layout Standard
27115 \begin_inset Branch Question
27118 \begin_layout Standard
27122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27150 \begin_layout Standard
27151 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27154 \begin_layout Standard
27158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27186 \begin_layout Standard
27187 Now it is possible to use the commands
27191 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27198 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27201 to obtain conditional output.
27202 Here is an example formula where only the
27209 \begin_inset Formula \[
27210 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question {x_{1}}\answer {x_{2}}=1\question {+\sqrt{3}}\answer {-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27217 \begin_layout Standard
27218 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see section
27219 \begin_inset Space ~
27223 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27225 reference "sec:math-macros"
27232 \begin_layout Section
27233 ERT and the LaTeX Syntax
27234 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27243 \begin_layout Subsection
27248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27255 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27257 name "sub:ERT-Boxes"
27264 \begin_layout Standard
27265 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27266 constructs, but not all.
27267 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27268 Every month many packages are updated and new ones added.
27269 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything, for every
27270 problem exists a LaTeX-package.
27271 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all these packages
27272 and their commands.
27275 \begin_layout Standard
27276 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27279 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27283 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27286 , evil because LyX is designed to avoid that you have to use LaTeX-commands.
27287 An ERT box is created by the menu
27289 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27292 or by the toolbar button
27293 \begin_inset Graphics
27294 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27300 The box itself can be displayed in three different styles:
27313 To change the style, right-click on the box and use the appearing dialog.
27314 Left-clicking on the box will switch between
27325 \begin_layout Standard
27326 You can insert complete or incomplete commands into ERT.
27327 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27328 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
27335 , you can write the command part
27341 in an ERT box before the word and the closing brace
27345 in a second ERT box behind the word.
27346 The word between the two ERT boxes is then the argument as it is in the
27350 \begin_layout Standard
27351 \begin_inset Graphics
27352 filename clipart/ERT.png
27361 \begin_layout Standard
27365 \begin_layout Standard
27366 This is a line with a
27370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27393 \begin_layout Standard
27394 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27402 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
27403 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
27411 \begin_layout Subsection
27412 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
27413 \begin_inset OptArg
27416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27433 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27435 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27442 \begin_layout Standard
27443 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
27444 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
27445 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
27446 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27450 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27454 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
27455 every time if you know the right commands.
27457 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
27458 the end of the day.
27459 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
27460 all caption labels bold.
27461 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
27463 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
27466 \begin_layout Standard
27467 Now LaTeX comes into play.
27468 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
27469 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
27471 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27480 \begin_layout Standard
27481 As result you know that the package
27489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27490 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! caption
27496 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
27498 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27504 \begin_layout Standard
27509 usepackage[options]{package name}
27512 \begin_layout Standard
27513 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
27514 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
27515 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
27518 \begin_layout Standard
27519 In your case the package name is
27524 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
27529 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
27530 So you add the command
27533 \begin_layout Standard
27538 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
27541 \begin_layout Standard
27542 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
27546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27547 For more commands provided by the
27551 package, have a look at its documentation,
27552 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27566 \begin_layout Standard
27567 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
27569 For example if you use a
27573 class, you don't need the package
27577 , you can instead write
27580 \begin_layout Standard
27585 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
27590 \begin_layout Standard
27591 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
27592 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
27593 documentation of the document class you want to use.
27600 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
27603 \begin_layout Standard
27604 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
27605 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
27607 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the ERT box as described in the
27611 \begin_layout Standard
27612 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
27614 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27616 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
27624 \begin_layout Section
27625 Previewing Snippets of your Document
27629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27636 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27638 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
27646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27655 \begin_layout Standard
27656 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
27657 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
27658 to break your train of thought with
27660 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27666 \begin_layout Standard
27667 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
27668 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
27674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27675 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
27682 as explained below, and turn on
27685 \begin_inset Space ~
27692 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27698 \begin_inset Space ~
27702 \begin_inset Space ~
27705 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27711 \begin_layout Standard
27712 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
27714 Previews of an already loaded document are
27718 generated just by selecting the
27721 \begin_inset Space ~
27726 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
27729 \begin_layout Standard
27730 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
27731 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
27734 \begin_inset Space ~
27739 check box in the insert dialog.
27740 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
27744 \begin_layout Standard
27745 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
27749 (on some systems named simply
27754 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
27756 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27762 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
27763 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
27771 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
27775 \begin_layout Standard
27776 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27782 \begin_layout Standard
27783 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
27787 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27789 \begin_inset Space ~
27794 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
27795 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
27797 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
27798 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
27799 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
27800 the source view window.
27803 \begin_layout Section
27805 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27807 name "sec:Spellchecking"
27815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27824 \begin_layout Standard
27825 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
27826 Rather it uses one of the external programs
27843 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
27849 can be seen as successor of
27853 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
27858 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
27859 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
27867 \begin_layout Standard
27868 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
27869 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
27876 \begin_layout Standard
27879 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27882 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
27883 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
27884 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
27885 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
27886 scrolled so that it is visible.
27891 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
27893 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
27897 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
27898 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
27901 \begin_layout Standard
27902 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
27905 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27909 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
27910 will bring an error message.
27911 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
27912 specifying a different
27914 Alternative language
27916 in preferences dialog.
27919 \begin_layout Standard
27920 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
27923 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
27927 \begin_layout Standard
27928 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
27929 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
27931 But you can use the
27934 \begin_inset Space ~
27938 \begin_inset Space ~
27946 \begin_layout Standard
27947 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
27948 This does work with
27952 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
27955 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
27959 \begin_layout Standard
27964 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
27967 \begin_layout Description
27969 \begin_inset Space ~
27972 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
27973 should consider, e.g.
27974 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
27975 This should not normally be needed.
27978 \begin_layout Description
27980 \begin_inset Space ~
27983 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default choice
27984 as your personal dictionary
27987 \begin_layout Description
27989 \begin_inset Space ~
27993 \begin_inset Space ~
27996 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
27998 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28002 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28008 \begin_layout Description
28010 \begin_inset Space ~
28014 \begin_inset Space ~
28017 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28019 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28026 also for the spellchecker.
28030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28031 The encodings are explained in section
28032 \begin_inset Space ~
28036 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28038 reference "sub:Settings"
28047 Only enable this if you use
28051 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28052 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28053 so this is disabled by default.
28056 \begin_layout Section
28061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28068 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28070 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28077 \begin_layout Standard
28078 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
28081 \begin_layout Standard
28082 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
28085 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28088 or the toolbar button
28089 \begin_inset Graphics
28090 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28092 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28093 rotateOrigin center
28098 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28102 \begin_layout Standard
28103 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
28104 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
28105 cases to find related words.
28108 \begin_layout Standard
28109 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
28111 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
28112 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28116 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28119 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
28120 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28124 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28128 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
28129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28133 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28137 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28141 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28147 \begin_layout Section
28152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28163 Document ! Change Tracking
28169 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28171 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28178 \begin_layout Standard
28179 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
28180 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
28181 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
28182 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28184 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28186 \begin_inset Space ~
28189 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28191 \begin_inset Space ~
28199 \begin_layout Standard
28200 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
28209 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28212 \begin_inset Space ~
28216 \begin_inset Space ~
28229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28238 \begin_layout Standard
28239 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
28243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28252 \begin_layout Standard
28253 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28259 \begin_layout Standard
28260 \begin_inset Graphics
28261 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
28269 \begin_layout Standard
28270 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28276 \begin_layout Standard
28277 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
28281 \begin_layout Standard
28282 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28288 \begin_layout Standard
28289 \begin_inset Tabular
28290 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
28291 <features islongtable="true">
28292 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28293 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28294 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28299 \begin_inset Graphics
28300 filename ../images/changes-track.png
28302 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28303 rotateOrigin center
28312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28318 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28320 \begin_inset Space ~
28323 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28325 \begin_inset Space ~
28334 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28339 \begin_inset Graphics
28340 filename ../images/changes-output.png
28342 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28343 rotateOrigin center
28352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28358 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28360 \begin_inset Space ~
28363 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28365 \begin_inset Space ~
28369 \begin_inset Space ~
28373 \begin_inset Space ~
28382 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28387 \begin_inset Graphics
28388 filename ../images/change-next.png
28390 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28391 rotateOrigin center
28400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28404 Jumps to the next change
28410 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28415 \begin_inset Graphics
28416 filename ../images/change-accept.png
28418 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28419 rotateOrigin center
28428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28434 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28436 \begin_inset Space ~
28439 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28441 \begin_inset Space ~
28450 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28455 \begin_inset Graphics
28456 filename ../images/change-reject.png
28458 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28459 rotateOrigin center
28468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28474 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28476 \begin_inset Space ~
28479 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28481 \begin_inset Space ~
28490 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28495 \begin_inset Graphics
28496 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
28498 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28499 rotateOrigin center
28508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28514 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28516 \begin_inset Space ~
28519 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28521 \begin_inset Space ~
28530 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28535 \begin_inset Graphics
28536 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
28538 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28539 rotateOrigin center
28548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28554 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28556 \begin_inset Space ~
28559 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28561 \begin_inset Space ~
28565 \begin_inset Space ~
28574 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28579 \begin_inset Graphics
28580 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
28582 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28583 rotateOrigin center
28592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28598 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28600 \begin_inset Space ~
28603 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28605 \begin_inset Space ~
28609 \begin_inset Space ~
28618 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28623 \begin_inset Graphics
28624 filename ../images/note-insert.png
28626 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28627 rotateOrigin center
28636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28642 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28643 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28645 \begin_inset Space ~
28654 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28659 \begin_inset Graphics
28660 filename ../images/note-next.png
28662 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28663 rotateOrigin center
28672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28678 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28680 \begin_inset Space ~
28696 \begin_layout Standard
28697 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28703 \begin_layout Standard
28704 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
28705 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
28706 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
28707 the next change behind the current cursor position.
28708 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
28709 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
28710 step to the next change.
28711 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
28714 \begin_layout Standard
28715 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
28716 to describe a change.
28719 \begin_layout Standard
28720 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
28726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28727 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
28735 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28736 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28742 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28745 \begin_layout Section
28746 International Support
28750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28751 International support
28759 \begin_layout Standard
28760 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
28761 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
28762 how to set up LyX to use them:
28763 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28765 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
28772 \begin_layout Standard
28773 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
28774 \begin_inset Space ~
28778 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28780 reference "sub:Special-Character"
28787 \begin_layout Subsection
28792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28803 Document ! Settings
28812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28813 Document ! Language
28821 \begin_layout Standard
28824 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28827 dialog lets you set
28829 the language and character encoding for your language.
28833 \begin_layout Standard
28834 Choose your language in the
28838 section of this dialog.
28846 \begin_layout Standard
28851 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
28855 use language's default encoding
28857 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
28858 For details abhout the different encoding options see section
28859 \begin_inset Space ~
28863 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28865 reference "sub:Settings"
28872 \begin_layout Subsection
28873 Keyboard mapping configuration
28876 \begin_layout Standard
28877 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
28878 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
28879 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
28880 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
28881 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
28883 \begin_inset Space ~
28887 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28889 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
28894 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
28895 which one you want to use.
28898 \begin_layout Standard
28899 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
28900 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
28901 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
28902 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
28903 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
28904 one to support the characters you want.
28905 This and much more customizations are explained in the
28912 \begin_layout Subsection
28914 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28923 \begin_layout Standard
28925 \begin_inset Space ~
28929 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28931 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
28940 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
28944 \begin_layout Standard
28945 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
28946 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
28954 \begin_layout Itemize
28955 Even if you have selected
28961 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28964 dialog, users who have only the
28968 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
28972 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
28973 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
28974 french quotes won't show up.
28977 \begin_layout Standard
28978 \begin_inset Float table
28983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28984 \begin_inset Caption
28986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28987 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28989 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29007 \begin_inset Tabular
29008 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29010 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29011 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29012 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29013 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29014 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29015 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29016 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29017 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29018 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29019 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29020 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29021 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29022 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29023 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29024 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29025 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29026 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29879 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33439 \begin_layout Standard
33440 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
33442 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
33443 also the characters from
33455 \begin_layout Itemize
33464 \begin_layout Standard
33465 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
33466 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33472 \begin_layout Standard
33473 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
33474 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33480 \begin_layout Standard
33481 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
33482 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33488 \begin_layout Standard
33489 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
33490 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33496 \begin_layout Standard
33498 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33504 \begin_layout Standard
33506 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33512 \begin_layout Standard
33514 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33521 \begin_layout Itemize
33534 \begin_layout Standard
33536 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33542 \begin_layout Standard
33544 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33550 \begin_layout Standard
33552 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33558 \begin_layout Standard
33560 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33566 \begin_layout Standard
33568 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33574 \begin_layout Standard
33576 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33583 \begin_layout Standard
33584 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
33585 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
33586 Also make sure you're using the
33593 \begin_layout Chapter
33596 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33598 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
33605 \begin_layout Standard
33606 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
33607 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
33608 inside the user's guide.
33611 \begin_layout Section
33616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33625 \begin_layout Standard
33630 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
33631 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
33634 \begin_layout Subsection
33638 \begin_layout Standard
33639 Creates a new document.
33642 \begin_layout Subsection
33646 \begin_layout Standard
33647 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
33648 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
33649 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
33652 \begin_layout Subsection
33656 \begin_layout Standard
33660 \begin_layout Subsection
33664 \begin_layout Standard
33665 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
33666 Click there on a file to open it.
33669 \begin_layout Subsection
33673 \begin_layout Standard
33674 Closes the current document.
33677 \begin_layout Subsection
33681 \begin_layout Standard
33682 Saves the actual document.
33685 \begin_layout Subsection
33689 \begin_layout Standard
33690 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
33693 \begin_layout Subsection
33697 \begin_layout Standard
33698 Reloads the actual document from disk.
33701 \begin_layout Subsection
33705 \begin_layout Standard
33706 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
33707 It is described in the section
33709 Version Control in LyX
33714 \begin_inset Space ~
33722 \begin_layout Subsection
33726 \begin_layout Standard
33727 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files and plain
33728 text files (ASCII-files).
33729 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
33732 \begin_layout Standard
33733 When using the menu
33736 \begin_inset Space ~
33740 \begin_inset Space ~
33745 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
33746 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
33747 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
33748 will start a new paragraph.
33751 \begin_layout Subsection
33753 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33762 \begin_layout Standard
33763 You can export your document to various file formats.
33764 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
33765 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
33766 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
33769 \begin_layout Standard
33770 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
33772 \begin_inset Space ~
33776 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33778 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
33785 \begin_layout Description
33789 \begin_inset Space ~
33794 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
33795 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
33798 \begin_layout Description
33806 \begin_layout Description
33807 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
33811 \begin_layout Description
33813 \begin_inset Space ~
33817 \begin_inset Space ~
33820 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
33824 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
33832 \begin_layout Description
33839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33847 \begin_inset Space ~
33852 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
33853 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
33857 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
33860 \begin_layout Description
33867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33875 \begin_inset Space ~
33880 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
33881 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
33889 \begin_layout Description
33891 \begin_inset Space ~
33894 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
33895 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33899 \begin_inset Quotes erd
33902 is replaced by the version number)
33905 \begin_layout Description
33906 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
33919 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
33923 \begin_layout Description
33928 PDF-format using the program
33933 \begin_layout Description
33937 \begin_inset Space ~
33942 PDF-format using the program
33947 \begin_layout Description
33951 \begin_inset Space ~
33956 PDF-format using the program
33961 \begin_layout Description
33965 \begin_inset Space ~
33973 \begin_layout Description
33977 \begin_inset Space ~
33981 \begin_inset Space ~
33986 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
33987 and then exported as text using the program
33992 \begin_layout Description
33997 PostScript format using the program
34002 \begin_layout Description
34010 \begin_layout Standard
34015 produces internally a dvi-file which is then converted to a pdf-file.
34016 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34022 produces directly pdf-files and supports the latest pdf-file formats.
34025 \begin_layout Standard
34026 If one of the menu entries
34033 \begin_inset Space ~
34042 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34043 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34044 \begin_inset Space ~
34048 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34050 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34059 Reconfiguration of LyX
34067 \begin_layout Standard
34072 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34073 the export program.
34076 \begin_layout Subsection
34080 \begin_layout Standard
34081 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34082 or send it to a printer.
34083 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34084 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34090 For more informations have a look at section
34091 \begin_inset Space ~
34095 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34097 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34104 \begin_layout Subsection
34105 New and Close Window
34108 \begin_layout Standard
34109 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34110 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34113 \begin_layout Section
34118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34127 \begin_layout Subsection
34131 \begin_layout Standard
34132 Described in section
34133 \begin_inset Space ~
34137 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34139 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34146 \begin_layout Subsection
34147 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34150 \begin_layout Standard
34151 Described in section
34152 \begin_inset Space ~
34156 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34158 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34165 \begin_layout Subsection
34169 \begin_layout Standard
34170 Selects the whole document.
34173 \begin_layout Subsection
34177 \begin_layout Standard
34178 Described in section
34179 \begin_inset Space ~
34183 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34185 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34192 \begin_layout Subsection
34193 Move paragraph Up/Down
34196 \begin_layout Standard
34197 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34201 \begin_layout Subsection
34205 \begin_layout Standard
34206 Described in section
34207 \begin_inset Space ~
34211 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34213 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
34220 \begin_layout Subsection
34225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34226 Paragraph ! Settings
34234 \begin_layout Standard
34235 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
34237 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
34240 \begin_layout Standard
34241 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
34242 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
34245 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34251 \begin_inset Space ~
34259 \begin_layout Subsection
34263 \begin_layout Standard
34264 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
34265 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
34266 The properties of tables are described in section
34267 \begin_inset Space ~
34271 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34273 reference "sec:Tables"
34277 , the properties of formulas in chapter
34278 \begin_inset Space ~
34282 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34284 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34291 \begin_layout Subsection
34292 Increase / Decrease List Depth
34295 \begin_layout Standard
34296 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
34298 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
34299 \begin_inset Space ~
34303 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34305 reference "sec:Nesting"
34310 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34312 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
34319 \begin_layout Section
34324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34333 \begin_layout Standard
34338 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
34339 document with an external program.
34340 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
34341 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
34342 All possible formats are formats listed in section
34343 \begin_inset Space ~
34347 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34349 reference "sub:Export"
34354 You should at least see the menu entries
34361 \begin_inset Space ~
34367 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34368 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34369 \begin_inset Space ~
34373 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34375 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34384 Reconfiguration of LyX
34392 \begin_layout Standard
34393 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
34394 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
34395 \begin_inset Space ~
34399 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34401 reference "sec:File-Formats"
34406 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
34409 \begin_layout Standard
34410 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
34413 At the bottom of the
34417 menu the opened documents are listed.
34420 \begin_layout Subsection
34424 \begin_layout Standard
34425 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
34427 \begin_inset Space ~
34431 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34433 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
34440 \begin_layout Subsection
34444 \begin_layout Standard
34445 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
34446 opening a new view window.
34449 \begin_layout Subsection
34451 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34453 name "sub:Toolbars"
34461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34470 \begin_layout Standard
34471 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
34472 All toolbars and the
34475 \begin_inset Space ~
34480 can be turned on and off.
34485 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
34497 \begin_inset Space ~
34506 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
34510 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
34517 \begin_layout Standard
34522 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
34526 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
34527 or when a certain feature is enabled.
34528 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
34529 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
34530 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
34533 \begin_layout Standard
34534 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
34535 \begin_inset Space ~
34539 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34541 reference "sec:Toolbars"
34548 \begin_layout Section
34553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34562 \begin_layout Subsection
34566 \begin_layout Standard
34567 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
34568 \begin_inset Space ~
34572 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34574 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34581 \begin_layout Subsection
34583 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34585 name "sub:Special-Character"
34592 \begin_layout Standard
34593 Here you can insert the following characters:
34596 \begin_layout Description
34597 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
34601 \begin_layout Description
34603 \begin_inset Space ~
34607 \begin_inset Space ~
34610 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
34611 \begin_inset Space ~
34615 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34617 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
34624 \begin_layout Description
34626 \begin_inset Space ~
34629 Quote Inserts this quote:
34630 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34633 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
34635 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34645 \begin_layout Description
34647 \begin_inset Space ~
34650 Quote Inserts this quote:
34651 \begin_inset Quotes els
34657 \begin_layout Description
34659 \begin_inset Space ~
34662 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
34666 \begin_layout Description
34668 \begin_inset Space ~
34675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34686 Language ! Phonetic symbols
34691 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
34692 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
34693 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
34701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34702 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! tipa
34708 \begin_inset Newline newline
34711 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation of
34715 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
34723 and this Wiki-page:
34724 \begin_inset Newline newline
34728 \begin_inset Flex URL
34731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34733 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
34741 \begin_layout Subsection
34745 \begin_layout Standard
34746 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
34749 \begin_layout Description
34750 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
34751 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
34757 \begin_layout Description
34758 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
34759 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
34765 \begin_layout Description
34767 \begin_inset Space ~
34770 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
34771 \begin_inset Space ~
34775 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34777 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
34784 \begin_layout Description
34786 \begin_inset Space ~
34789 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
34790 \begin_inset Space ~
34794 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34796 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
34803 \begin_layout Description
34805 \begin_inset Space ~
34808 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
34809 \begin_inset Space ~
34813 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34815 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
34822 \begin_layout Description
34824 \begin_inset Space ~
34827 Fill Inserts an horizontal fill, see section
34828 \begin_inset Space ~
34832 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34834 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
34841 \begin_layout Description
34843 \begin_inset Space ~
34846 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
34847 \begin_inset Space ~
34851 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34853 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
34860 \begin_layout Description
34862 \begin_inset Space ~
34865 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
34866 \begin_inset Space ~
34870 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34872 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
34879 \begin_layout Description
34881 \begin_inset Space ~
34884 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
34885 \begin_inset Space ~
34889 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34891 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
34898 \begin_layout Description
34900 \begin_inset Space ~
34903 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
34904 \begin_inset Space ~
34908 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34910 reference "sub:Ligatures"
34917 \begin_layout Description
34919 \begin_inset Space ~
34922 Break Inserts a forced linebreak, see section
34923 \begin_inset Space ~
34927 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34929 reference "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
34936 \begin_layout Description
34938 \begin_inset Space ~
34941 Break Inserts a forced pagebreak, described in section
34942 \begin_inset Space ~
34946 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34948 reference "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
34955 \begin_layout Description
34957 \begin_inset Space ~
34960 Page Inserts a clear pagebreak, described in section
34961 \begin_inset Space ~
34965 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34967 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
34974 \begin_layout Description
34976 \begin_inset Space ~
34980 \begin_inset Space ~
34983 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
34984 \begin_inset Space ~
34988 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34990 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
34997 \begin_layout Subsection
35001 \begin_layout Standard
35002 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
35003 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
35005 \begin_inset Space ~
35009 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35011 reference "sec:toc"
35016 The index list is described in section
35017 \begin_inset Space ~
35021 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35023 reference "sec:Index"
35027 , the nomenclature in section
35028 \begin_inset Space ~
35032 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35034 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35038 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
35039 \begin_inset Space ~
35043 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35045 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
35052 \begin_layout Subsection
35056 \begin_layout Standard
35057 To insert floats, described in section
35058 \begin_inset Space ~
35062 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35064 reference "sec:Floats"
35071 \begin_layout Subsection
35075 \begin_layout Standard
35076 To insert notes, described in section
35077 \begin_inset Space ~
35081 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35083 reference "sec:Notes"
35090 \begin_layout Subsection
35094 \begin_layout Standard
35095 Inserts branch insets as described in section
35096 \begin_inset Space ~
35100 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35102 reference "sec:Branches"
35109 \begin_layout Subsection
35114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35123 \begin_layout Standard
35124 Here you can inserts files to include them or its content to your document.
35125 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
35136 \begin_layout Subsection
35141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35150 \begin_layout Standard
35151 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
35152 \begin_inset Space ~
35156 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35158 reference "sec:Minipages"
35163 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
35174 \begin_layout Subsection
35178 \begin_layout Standard
35179 Inserts a citation as described in section
35180 \begin_inset Space ~
35184 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35186 reference "sec:Bibliography"
35193 \begin_layout Subsection
35197 \begin_layout Standard
35198 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
35199 \begin_inset Space ~
35203 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35205 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35212 \begin_layout Subsection
35216 \begin_layout Standard
35217 Inserts a label as described in section
35218 \begin_inset Space ~
35222 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35224 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35231 \begin_layout Subsection
35236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35247 Longtables ! Caption
35255 \begin_layout Standard
35256 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
35257 Floats are described in section
35258 \begin_inset Space ~
35262 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35264 reference "sec:Floats"
35268 , cations in longtables are described in section
35279 \begin_layout Subsection
35283 \begin_layout Standard
35284 Inserts an index entry as described in section
35285 \begin_inset Space ~
35289 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35291 reference "sec:Index"
35298 \begin_layout Subsection
35302 \begin_layout Standard
35303 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
35304 \begin_inset Space ~
35308 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35310 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35317 \begin_layout Subsection
35321 \begin_layout Standard
35323 Tables are described in section
35324 \begin_inset Space ~
35328 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35330 reference "sec:Tables"
35337 \begin_layout Subsection
35341 \begin_layout Standard
35343 Graphics are described in section
35344 \begin_inset Space ~
35348 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35350 reference "sec:Graphics"
35357 \begin_layout Subsection
35361 \begin_layout Standard
35362 Inserts an URL box as described in section
35363 \begin_inset Space ~
35367 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35369 reference "sec:URL"
35376 \begin_layout Subsection
35380 \begin_layout Standard
35381 Inserts a footnote, see section
35382 \begin_inset Space ~
35386 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35388 reference "sec:Footnotes"
35395 \begin_layout Subsection
35399 \begin_layout Standard
35400 Inserts a marginal note, see section
35401 \begin_inset Space ~
35405 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35407 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
35414 \begin_layout Subsection
35418 \begin_layout Standard
35419 Inserts a short title, see section
35420 \begin_inset Space ~
35424 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35426 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
35433 \begin_layout Subsection
35437 \begin_layout Standard
35438 Inserts an ERT box, see section
35439 \begin_inset Space ~
35443 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35445 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
35452 \begin_layout Subsection
35457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35466 \begin_layout Standard
35467 Inserts a program listings box.
35468 Program listings are explained in chapter
35470 Program Code Listings
35479 \begin_layout Subsection
35483 \begin_layout Standard
35484 Inserts the actual date.
35485 The format dependends on the date format of the language that is used for
35487 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
35497 There the different methods are also compared.
35500 \begin_layout Section
35505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35514 \begin_layout Standard
35515 This menu lists the existing, chapter, sections, figures, and tables of
35516 the current document.
35517 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
35520 \begin_layout Standard
35521 The Navigate menu also offers to
35524 \begin_layout Subsection
35528 \begin_layout Standard
35529 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
35530 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
35533 \begin_inset Space ~
35537 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
35538 \begin_inset Space ~
35541 2.5 and use the menu
35544 \begin_inset Space ~
35548 \begin_inset Space ~
35555 \begin_inset Space ~
35561 \begin_inset Space ~
35565 \begin_inset Space ~
35571 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
35583 \begin_layout Standard
35584 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
35585 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
35588 \begin_layout Subsection
35589 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
35592 \begin_layout Standard
35593 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
35597 \begin_layout Subsection
35601 \begin_layout Standard
35602 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
35603 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
35604 on a cross-reference box.
35607 \begin_layout Section
35612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35621 \begin_layout Subsection
35625 \begin_layout Standard
35626 Change Tracking is described in section
35627 \begin_inset Space ~
35631 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35633 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
35640 \begin_layout Subsection
35645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35655 \begin_layout Standard
35656 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
35658 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
35661 \begin_layout Standard
35662 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
35667 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
35670 \begin_layout Subsection
35674 \begin_layout Standard
35675 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
35676 \begin_inset Space ~
35680 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35682 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
35689 \begin_layout Subsection
35690 Start Appendix Here
35693 \begin_layout Standard
35694 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
35695 position as described in section
35696 \begin_inset Space ~
35700 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35702 reference "sec:Appendices"
35709 \begin_layout Subsection
35713 \begin_layout Standard
35714 Un/compresses the actual document.
35717 \begin_layout Subsection
35719 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35721 name "sub:Settings"
35729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35730 Document ! Settings
35738 \begin_layout Standard
35739 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
35741 You can save your document settings as default with the
35743 Save as Document Defaults
35745 button in the dialog.
35746 This will create a template named
35750 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
35754 \begin_layout Standard
35755 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
35758 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35762 \begin_layout Standard
35763 Here you set the document class, class options, and a Postscript driver.
35764 Document classes are described in section
35765 \begin_inset Space ~
35769 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35771 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
35776 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
35781 , the default driver for the Latex@LaTeX-packages are used.
35782 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
35785 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35789 \begin_layout Standard
35790 The document font settings are described in section
35791 \begin_inset Space ~
35795 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35797 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
35804 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35808 \begin_layout Standard
35809 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
35811 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
35815 \begin_layout Standard
35816 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
35817 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
35818 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
35821 \begin_layout Standard
35822 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
35830 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35834 \begin_layout Standard
35835 A description of this menu is given in section
35836 \begin_inset Space ~
35840 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35842 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
35847 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35849 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
35856 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35860 \begin_layout Standard
35861 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
35862 \begin_inset Space ~
35866 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35868 reference "sub:Margins"
35875 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35881 Language ! Encoding
35889 \begin_layout Standard
35890 The document language and quote styles are set here.
35891 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
35892 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
35893 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
35894 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
35895 known for a particular character).
35899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35900 The known commands are defined in a text file.
35901 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
35906 manual for details.
35914 \begin_layout Standard
35915 If you use the option
35917 use language's default encoding
35919 , LyX determines the encoding of a portion of text from the language of
35921 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
35922 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
35923 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
35924 exactly one encoding.
35925 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
35933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35934 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
35935 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
35937 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
35938 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35952 \begin_layout Standard
35953 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
35954 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
35955 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
35956 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
35957 Unfortunately the unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
35958 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of unicode symbols works fine
35961 use language's default encoding
35963 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
35964 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is ot used,
35965 because all unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
35968 \begin_layout Standard
35969 Here is a list with the important encodings:
35972 \begin_layout Description
35974 \begin_inset Space ~
35979 use language's default encoding
35981 , but the LaTeX-package
35989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35990 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
35996 You probably need to load some other packages manually in the preamble.
35999 \begin_layout Description
36000 armscii8 encoding for Armenian
36003 \begin_layout Description
36004 ascii the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English, may result in a big
36005 file because lots of LaTeX-commands may be needed
36008 \begin_layout Description
36009 cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
36012 \begin_layout Description
36013 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
36016 \begin_layout Description
36017 cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
36020 \begin_layout Description
36021 cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
36024 \begin_layout Description
36025 cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
36028 \begin_layout Description
36029 cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
36030 13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
36033 \begin_layout Description
36034 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
36035 Serbian, and Ukrainian
36038 \begin_layout Description
36039 iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
36042 \begin_layout Description
36043 8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
36046 \begin_layout Description
36047 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
36050 \begin_layout Description
36051 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
36054 \begin_layout Description
36055 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
36056 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
36057 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
36061 \begin_layout Description
36062 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
36063 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
36066 \begin_layout Description
36067 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
36071 \begin_layout Description
36072 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
36075 \begin_layout Description
36076 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
36077 where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
36080 \begin_layout Description
36081 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
36082 the euro currency sign, the
36086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36095 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
36096 be the replacement for latin1
36099 \begin_layout Description
36100 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
36103 \begin_layout Description
36104 utf8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
36112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36113 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
36118 (first variant, for latin symbols and some others).
36121 \begin_layout Description
36122 utf8x Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
36126 (second variant, for greek and CJK symbols and some others).
36129 \begin_layout Description
36130 UTF8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
36138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36139 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! CJK
36144 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
36147 \begin_layout Description
36148 utf8-plain Unicode utf8 to be used with
36152 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
36160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36161 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
36162 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36176 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36180 \begin_layout Standard
36181 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
36183 \begin_inset Space ~
36187 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36189 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
36196 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36200 \begin_layout Standard
36201 You can specify here a citation style using the Latex@LaTeX-packages
36207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36208 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! natbib
36223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36224 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
36230 For a further description see section
36231 \begin_inset Space ~
36235 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36237 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36244 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36248 \begin_layout Standard
36249 These options will force LyX to use the Latex@LaTeX-packages
36255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36256 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
36269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36270 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! esint
36277 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
36280 \begin_layout Standard
36285 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
36286 assure that you have enabled AMS.
36289 \begin_layout Standard
36294 is used for special integral characters.
36297 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36301 \begin_layout Standard
36302 The float placement options are described in section
36303 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
36307 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36309 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
36316 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36320 \begin_layout Standard
36321 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
36322 The itemize environment is described in section
36323 \begin_inset Space ~
36327 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36329 reference "sec:Itemize"
36336 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36340 \begin_layout Standard
36341 Branches are described in section
36342 \begin_inset Space ~
36346 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36348 reference "sec:Branches"
36355 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36370 \begin_layout Standard
36371 In this text field are entered commands to load special Latex@LaTeX-packages
36372 or to define LaTeX-commands.
36373 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
36374 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
36378 \begin_layout Standard
36379 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
36380 \begin_inset Space ~
36384 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36386 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
36393 \begin_layout Section
36398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36407 \begin_layout Subsection
36411 \begin_layout Standard
36412 Spell checking is explained in section
36413 \begin_inset Space ~
36417 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36419 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36426 \begin_layout Subsection
36430 \begin_layout Standard
36431 The thesaurus is described in section
36432 \begin_inset Space ~
36436 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36438 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
36445 \begin_layout Subsection
36450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36459 \begin_layout Standard
36460 Counts the number of words in the actual document or the highlighted document
36464 \begin_layout Subsection
36469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36498 \begin_inset Note Note
36501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36502 Fix this Index entry when bug 4600 is fixed!
36510 \begin_layout Standard
36511 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
36514 \begin_layout Subsection
36519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36520 Lyx@LyX ! Reconfigure|see
36524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36531 Reconfiguration of LyX
36535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36552 Reconfiguration of LyX
36560 \begin_layout Standard
36561 This menu reconfigures LyX.
36562 That means LyX looks for Latex@LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see
36564 \begin_inset Space ~
36568 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36570 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36577 \begin_layout Subsection
36581 \begin_layout Standard
36582 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
36583 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
36587 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36589 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
36596 \begin_layout Section
36601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36610 \begin_layout Standard
36611 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
36615 \begin_layout Standard
36619 \begin_inset Space ~
36624 shows a LyX-document with informations about the Latex@LaTeX-packages and
36625 classes found by LyX (see also section
36626 \begin_inset Space ~
36630 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36632 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
36639 \begin_layout Section
36641 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36643 name "sec:Toolbars"
36650 \begin_layout Standard
36651 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
36652 \begin_inset Space ~
36656 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36658 reference "sub:Toolbars"
36665 \begin_layout Standard
36666 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
36667 This is described in the
36674 \begin_layout Subsection
36679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36688 \begin_layout Standard
36689 \begin_inset Graphics
36690 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
36699 \begin_layout Standard
36700 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36706 \begin_layout Standard
36707 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
36712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36724 \begin_inset Note Note
36727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36728 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
36733 manual for more information.
36741 \begin_layout Standard
36742 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36748 \begin_layout Standard
36749 \begin_inset Tabular
36750 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
36751 <features islongtable="true">
36752 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36753 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36759 \begin_inset Graphics
36760 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
36771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36775 pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
36788 \begin_layout Standard
36789 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
36795 \begin_layout Standard
36797 \begin_inset Tabular
36798 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
36799 <features islongtable="true">
36800 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36801 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36802 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36809 \begin_inset Graphics
36810 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
36812 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36827 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36834 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36839 \begin_inset Graphics
36840 filename ../images/file-open.png
36842 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36857 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36864 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36869 \begin_inset Graphics
36870 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
36872 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36887 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36894 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36899 \begin_inset Graphics
36900 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
36902 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
36911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36917 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36924 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36929 \begin_inset Graphics
36930 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
36932 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36947 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36954 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36959 \begin_inset Graphics
36960 filename ../images/undo.png
36962 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36977 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36984 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36989 \begin_inset Graphics
36990 filename ../images/redo.png
36992 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37007 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37014 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37019 \begin_inset Graphics
37020 filename ../images/cut.png
37022 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37037 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37044 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37049 \begin_inset Graphics
37050 filename ../images/copy.png
37052 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37067 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37074 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37079 \begin_inset Graphics
37080 filename ../images/paste.png
37082 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37097 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37104 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37109 \begin_inset Graphics
37110 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37112 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37113 rotateOrigin center
37122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37128 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37130 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
37134 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
37143 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37148 \begin_inset Graphics
37149 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37151 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37164 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37166 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37168 \begin_inset Space ~
37179 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37184 \begin_inset Graphics
37185 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37187 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37200 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37202 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37204 \begin_inset Space ~
37215 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37220 \begin_inset Graphics
37221 filename ../images/font-free-apply.png
37223 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37236 Formats text using the current settings in the
37238 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37240 \begin_inset Space ~
37251 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37256 \begin_inset Graphics
37257 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37259 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37274 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37275 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37277 \begin_inset Space ~
37286 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37291 \begin_inset Graphics
37292 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37294 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37295 rotateOrigin center
37304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37310 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37317 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37322 \begin_inset Graphics
37323 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37325 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37326 rotateOrigin center
37335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37341 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37348 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37353 \begin_inset Graphics
37354 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37356 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37357 rotateOrigin center
37366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37370 Toggle outline window on/off,
37372 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37379 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37384 \begin_inset Graphics
37385 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37387 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37388 rotateOrigin center
37397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37401 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37407 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37412 \begin_inset Graphics
37413 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37415 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37416 rotateOrigin center
37425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37429 Toggle table toolbar on/off
37442 \begin_layout Subsection
37447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37456 \begin_layout Standard
37457 \begin_inset Graphics
37458 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
37467 \begin_layout Standard
37468 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37474 \begin_layout Standard
37475 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37479 \begin_layout Standard
37480 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37486 \begin_layout Standard
37487 \begin_inset Tabular
37488 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="24" columns="2">
37489 <features islongtable="true">
37490 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37491 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37492 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37497 \begin_inset Graphics
37498 filename ../images/layout.png
37500 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37501 rotateOrigin center
37510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37520 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37525 \begin_inset Graphics
37526 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
37528 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37529 rotateOrigin center
37538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37548 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37553 \begin_inset Graphics
37554 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
37556 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37557 rotateOrigin center
37566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37576 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37581 \begin_inset Graphics
37582 filename ../images/layout_List.png
37584 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37585 rotateOrigin center
37594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37604 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37609 \begin_inset Graphics
37610 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
37612 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37613 rotateOrigin center
37622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37632 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37637 \begin_inset Graphics
37638 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
37640 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37641 rotateOrigin center
37650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37656 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37658 \begin_inset Space ~
37662 \begin_inset Space ~
37671 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37676 \begin_inset Graphics
37677 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
37679 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37680 rotateOrigin center
37689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37695 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37697 \begin_inset Space ~
37701 \begin_inset Space ~
37710 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37715 \begin_inset Graphics
37716 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
37718 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37733 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37734 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37741 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37746 \begin_inset Graphics
37747 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
37749 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37764 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37765 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37772 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37777 \begin_inset Graphics
37778 filename ../images/label-insert.png
37780 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37795 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37802 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37807 \begin_inset Graphics
37808 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
37810 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37825 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37832 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37837 \begin_inset Graphics
37838 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
37840 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37855 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37862 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37867 \begin_inset Graphics
37868 filename ../images/index-insert.png
37870 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37885 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37887 \begin_inset Space ~
37896 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37901 \begin_inset Graphics
37902 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
37904 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37919 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37921 \begin_inset Space ~
37930 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37935 \begin_inset Graphics
37936 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
37938 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37953 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37960 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37965 \begin_inset Graphics
37966 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
37968 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37969 rotateOrigin center
37978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37984 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37986 \begin_inset Space ~
37995 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38000 \begin_inset Graphics
38001 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38003 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38018 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38019 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38021 \begin_inset Space ~
38030 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38035 \begin_inset Graphics
38036 filename ../images/box-insert.png
38038 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38053 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38060 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38065 \begin_inset Graphics
38066 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38068 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38083 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38090 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38095 \begin_inset Graphics
38096 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38098 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38113 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38135 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38140 \begin_inset Graphics
38141 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38143 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38158 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38159 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38161 \begin_inset Space ~
38170 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38175 \begin_inset Graphics
38176 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38178 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38179 rotateOrigin center
38188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38194 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38196 \begin_inset Space ~
38205 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38210 \begin_inset Graphics
38211 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38213 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38214 rotateOrigin center
38223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38229 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38231 \begin_inset Space ~
38240 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38245 \begin_inset Graphics
38246 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38248 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38249 rotateOrigin center
38258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38264 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38278 \begin_layout Subsection
38279 View / Update Toolbar
38283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38284 Toolbar ! View / Update
38292 \begin_layout Standard
38293 \begin_inset Graphics
38294 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38302 \begin_layout Standard
38303 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38309 \begin_layout Standard
38310 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38314 \begin_layout Standard
38315 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38321 \begin_layout Standard
38322 \begin_inset Tabular
38323 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38324 <features islongtable="true">
38325 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38326 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38327 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38332 \begin_inset Graphics
38333 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38335 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38336 rotateOrigin center
38345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38351 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38358 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38363 \begin_inset Graphics
38364 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38366 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38367 rotateOrigin center
38376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38382 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38383 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38390 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38395 \begin_inset Graphics
38396 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38398 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38399 rotateOrigin center
38408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38414 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38421 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38426 \begin_inset Graphics
38427 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
38429 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38430 rotateOrigin center
38439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38445 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38446 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38452 This button is on some LyX for Windows installations not here because its
38453 functionality is merged with
38455 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38470 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38475 \begin_inset Graphics
38476 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
38478 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38479 rotateOrigin center
38488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38494 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38501 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38506 \begin_inset Graphics
38507 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
38509 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38510 rotateOrigin center
38519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38525 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38526 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38540 \begin_layout Subsection
38544 \begin_layout Standard
38545 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
38546 \begin_inset Space ~
38550 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38552 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38556 , the table toolbar
38560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38566 is explained in the
38573 \begin_layout Chapter
38579 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38581 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
38589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38598 \begin_layout Standard
38599 The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38601 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
38604 \begin_layout Section
38608 \begin_layout Subsection
38610 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38621 Customization ! of toolbars
38630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38631 Customization ! of menus
38639 \begin_layout Standard
38640 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38648 You have to restart LyX before changes in ui- and bind-files take effect.
38656 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38657 User Interface File
38661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38662 Customization ! of toolbars
38671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38672 Customization ! of menus
38680 \begin_layout Standard
38681 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
38682 interface (ui) file.
38683 An ui-file is a textfile where the toolbars and menus are listed.
38684 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
38693 Both files are loaded by the
38698 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
38699 files and edit the entries.
38702 \begin_layout Standard
38703 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
38715 entries must be ended with an explicit
38740 and in the case of the
38741 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38753 The syntax for the entries is:
38756 \begin_layout Standard
38757 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38775 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38779 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38785 \begin_layout Standard
38787 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38790 All LyX-functions are listed in
38791 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38800 \begin_layout Standard
38801 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
38807 \begin_layout Standard
38808 An example: Assuming you use the menu
38810 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38813 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
38817 \begin_layout Standard
38818 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38823 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
38826 \begin_layout Standard
38828 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38831 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
38834 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38848 \begin_layout Standard
38849 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
38850 Several binding files are available:
38853 \begin_layout Description
38854 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
38857 \begin_layout Description
38858 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
38869 \begin_layout Description
38870 mac.bind set of bindings for
38873 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
38881 \begin_layout Standard
38882 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
38886 , and bind files for special languages.
38887 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
38889 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38893 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38897 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
38901 \begin_layout Standard
38902 Some bind-files, like
38906 , have only a small scope.
38907 When looking at the the end of the file
38911 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
38914 \begin_layout Standard
38915 If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the bind-file
38916 s with a text editor.
38917 The syntax of the entries is:
38920 \begin_layout Standard
38926 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38930 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38934 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38938 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38944 \begin_layout Standard
38945 All LyX-functions are listed in
38946 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38955 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38959 \begin_layout Standard
38963 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
38967 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
38970 restore window size, or use fixed size
38972 is not checked, you can specify the size of LyX's main window when LyX
38976 \begin_layout Standard
38980 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
38984 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
38987 restore window position
38989 LyX will be opened with its main window at the last used position.
38992 \begin_layout Standard
38995 Restore cursor positions
38997 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
39001 \begin_layout Standard
39004 Load opened files from last session
39006 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
39009 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39011 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39013 name "sub:Backup documents"
39021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39030 \begin_layout Standard
39035 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
39038 \begin_layout Standard
39043 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
39046 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39048 \begin_inset Space ~
39056 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39060 \begin_layout Standard
39063 Cursor follows scrollbar
39065 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
39069 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39073 \begin_layout Standard
39076 Enable Pixmap Cache
39078 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
39079 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
39080 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
39081 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
39083 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
39084 \begin_inset Space ~
39090 \begin_layout Subsection
39095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39102 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39104 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39111 \begin_layout Standard
39112 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
39115 \begin_layout Standard
39116 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39124 This section only deals with the fonts
39129 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
39132 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39133 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39144 \begin_layout Standard
39145 By default, LyX uses
39149 as roman (serif) font,
39157 (depends on the system) as
39160 \begin_inset Space ~
39176 \begin_layout Standard
39177 You can change the font size with the
39184 \begin_layout Standard
39189 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
39190 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
39192 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39195 points have the size of 1
39196 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39200 \begin_inset Space ~
39204 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39206 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
39213 \begin_layout Standard
39218 are the same as if a document font size of 10
39219 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
39223 The sizes are explained in detail in section
39224 \begin_inset Space ~
39228 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39230 reference "sub:Document-Font"
39237 \begin_layout Subsection
39242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39261 \begin_layout Standard
39262 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
39263 Choose an item in the list and use the
39270 \begin_layout Subsection
39275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39276 Settings ! Graphics
39284 \begin_layout Standard
39285 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
39288 \begin_layout Standard
39293 enables previewing snippets of your document.
39294 This feature is described in section
39295 \begin_inset Space ~
39299 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39301 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
39308 \begin_layout Subsection
39313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39324 Settings ! Keyboard Map
39330 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39332 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
39339 \begin_layout Standard
39340 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
39341 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
39343 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39347 \begin_inset Space ~
39350 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
39351 can use the keyboard map file named
39358 \begin_layout Standard
39359 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39367 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
39375 \begin_layout Section
39380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39391 Settings ! Directory
39399 \begin_layout Description
39401 \begin_inset Space ~
39404 directory This is LyX's working directory.
39405 It is the default when you
39416 \begin_inset Space ~
39424 \begin_layout Description
39426 \begin_inset Space ~
39429 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
39431 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39433 \begin_inset Space ~
39437 \begin_inset Space ~
39445 \begin_layout Description
39447 \begin_inset Space ~
39454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39460 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
39461 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
39462 \begin_inset Space ~
39466 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39468 reference "sub:Backup documents"
39476 will be used to save the backups.
39477 \begin_inset Newline newline
39480 The backup files have the ending
39481 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39485 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39491 \begin_layout Description
39496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39503 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
39504 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
39505 \begin_inset Newline newline
39509 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39517 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
39525 \begin_layout Description
39527 \begin_inset Space ~
39530 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
39533 \begin_layout Description
39535 \begin_inset Space ~
39538 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
39539 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
39540 to find it on the system.
39541 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
39542 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
39544 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39548 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39551 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
39552 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
39556 \begin_layout Section
39560 \begin_layout Standard
39561 Here you can insert your name and email address.
39562 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
39564 \begin_inset Space ~
39568 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39570 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39574 , to mark changes you make as yours.
39577 \begin_layout Section
39582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39583 Language ! Settings
39592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39593 Settings ! Language
39601 \begin_layout Subsection
39605 \begin_layout Description
39607 \begin_inset Space ~
39610 language is the language used in new documents
39613 \begin_layout Description
39615 \begin_inset Space ~
39618 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
39620 The default is the LaTeX-command
39626 that loads the package
39634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39635 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
39636 \begin_inset Space ~
39640 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39642 reference "sec:ERT"
39652 \begin_inset Newline newline
39659 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
39660 the document language.
39661 A text label is for instance the word
39662 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39666 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39669 at the beginning of every table-caption.
39672 \begin_layout Description
39674 \begin_inset Space ~
39677 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
39678 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
39679 An example is the start command
39685 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
39690 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39705 selectlanguage{$$lang}
39710 \begin_layout Description
39712 \begin_inset Space ~
39720 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
39721 command toggles the package on and off.
39724 \begin_layout Description
39726 \begin_inset Space ~
39736 \begin_layout Description
39737 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
39738 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
39739 used by all Latex@LaTeX-packages.
39740 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
39747 \begin_layout Description
39749 \begin_inset Space ~
39752 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
39754 When this option is not set, the
39757 \begin_inset Space ~
39762 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
39763 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
39766 \begin_inset Space ~
39774 \begin_layout Description
39776 \begin_inset Space ~
39782 \begin_inset Space ~
39788 When it is not set, the
39791 \begin_inset Space ~
39796 is set to the end of the document.
39799 \begin_layout Description
39801 \begin_inset Space ~
39805 \begin_inset Space ~
39808 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
39809 language will be underlined blue.
39812 \begin_layout Description
39814 \begin_inset Space ~
39818 \begin_inset Space ~
39822 \begin_inset Space ~
39826 \begin_inset Space ~
39829 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left, like Arabic,
39833 \begin_layout Subsection
39837 \begin_layout Standard
39838 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
39839 \begin_inset Space ~
39843 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39845 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
39852 \begin_layout Section
39856 \begin_layout Subsection
39858 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39887 \begin_layout Description
39889 \begin_inset Space ~
39892 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
39893 The name will be used when the
39898 \begin_inset Newline newline
39902 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39910 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
39919 \begin_layout Description
39921 \begin_inset Space ~
39925 \begin_inset Space ~
39929 \begin_inset Space ~
39932 printer This option works only for the
39937 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39949 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
39950 This is an option only for dvips experts.
39953 \begin_layout Description
39955 \begin_inset Space ~
39958 command is the command LyX
39959 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39963 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39966 LaTeX uses for printing.
39967 The default is on most systems
39974 \begin_layout Description
39976 \begin_inset Space ~
39980 \begin_inset Space ~
39983 Options Here you can specify printer options.
39984 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
39985 of the program that provides the
39992 \begin_layout Subsection
39997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40008 Settings ! Date format
40016 \begin_layout Standard
40017 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
40018 \begin_inset Newline newline
40022 \begin_inset Flex URL
40025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40027 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
40033 \begin_inset Newline newline
40036 For example the format
40037 \begin_inset Newline newline
40041 \begin_inset Newline newline
40044 prints the date as day/month/year.
40047 \begin_layout Subsection
40051 \begin_layout Description
40053 \begin_inset Space ~
40057 \begin_inset Space ~
40060 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
40063 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40064 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40066 \begin_inset Space ~
40072 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
40076 \begin_layout Description
40078 \begin_inset Space ~
40081 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
40086 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
40087 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
40090 \begin_layout Subsection
40095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40103 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40105 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
40113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40114 Settings ! Latex@LaTeX
40122 \begin_layout Description
40127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40135 \begin_inset Space ~
40138 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
40143 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
40165 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
40166 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40174 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40178 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
40179 LyX sets up in the background.
40180 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
40183 \begin_layout Description
40185 \begin_inset Space ~
40189 \begin_inset Space ~
40192 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
40197 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
40200 \begin_layout Description
40202 \begin_inset Space ~
40206 \begin_inset Space ~
40210 \begin_inset Space ~
40214 \begin_inset Space ~
40218 \begin_inset Space ~
40222 \begin_inset Space ~
40225 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
40227 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40230 dialog when changing the document class.
40233 \begin_layout Standard
40236 External Applications
40238 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
40239 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
40240 manuals of the applications.
40241 Currently the following commands can be set:
40244 \begin_layout Description
40249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40257 \begin_inset Space ~
40260 command Command for the program
40264 that is described in section
40275 \begin_layout Description
40280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40288 \begin_inset Space ~
40291 command Command for the program
40295 that generates the bibliography, see section
40296 \begin_inset Space ~
40300 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40302 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
40309 \begin_layout Description
40311 \begin_inset Space ~
40314 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
40315 \begin_inset Space ~
40319 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40321 reference "sub:Index-Program"
40328 \begin_layout Description
40330 \begin_inset Space ~
40334 \begin_inset Space ~
40338 \begin_inset Space ~
40342 \begin_inset Space ~
40345 options They only have an effect when the program
40349 is used as DVI-viewer.
40352 \begin_layout Subsection
40357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40376 \begin_layout Standard
40381 is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
40384 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
40386 uses the Windows path style:
40389 \begin_layout Standard
40397 \begin_layout Standard
40398 instead of the Unix path style:
40401 \begin_layout Standard
40405 \begin_layout Section
40410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40419 \begin_layout Standard
40420 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
40421 from one format to another.
40422 You can modify them or create new ones.
40423 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
40430 \begin_inset Space ~
40440 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
40444 \begin_inset Space ~
40449 drop-down list, modify the
40453 field, and press the
40460 \begin_layout Standard
40463 Converter File Cache
40465 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
40468 Maximum Age (in days
40471 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
40472 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
40475 \begin_layout Standard
40476 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
40477 the converter definition, is described in section
40488 \begin_layout Section
40493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40500 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40502 name "sec:File-Formats"
40509 \begin_layout Standard
40510 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
40511 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
40513 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
40521 \begin_inset Space ~
40533 \begin_layout Standard
40534 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
40535 is described in section
40546 \begin_layout Section
40551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40560 \begin_layout Standard
40561 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
40562 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
40563 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
40564 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
40565 This is done by a Copier.
40568 \begin_layout Standard
40569 More about converters is described in section
40580 \begin_layout Chapter
40581 Units available in LyX
40585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40592 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40594 name "cha:Units-available-in"
40601 \begin_layout Standard
40602 To understand the units described in this documentation,
40603 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40605 reference "cap:Units"
40609 explains all units available in LyX.
40612 \begin_layout Standard
40613 \begin_inset Float table
40619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40620 \begin_inset Caption
40622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40623 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40638 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40646 \begin_inset Tabular
40647 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
40649 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40650 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40746 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40750 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40774 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40778 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40801 scaled point (65536
40802 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40806 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40830 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40834 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40858 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40862 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
40866 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40890 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40894 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40917 % of original image width
40924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41106 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
41110 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
41131 \begin_layout Chapter
41133 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41142 \begin_layout Standard
41143 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
41144 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
41147 \begin_layout Itemize
41150 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
41153 \begin_layout Itemize
41159 \begin_layout Itemize
41165 \begin_layout Itemize
41171 \begin_layout Itemize
41177 \begin_layout Itemize
41183 \begin_layout Itemize
41189 \begin_layout Itemize
41195 \begin_layout Itemize
41198 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
41201 \begin_layout Itemize
41207 \begin_layout Itemize
41213 \begin_layout Itemize
41219 \begin_layout Itemize
41225 \begin_layout Itemize
41231 \begin_layout Itemize
41237 \begin_layout Itemize
41243 \begin_layout Itemize
41249 \begin_layout Itemize
41251 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41260 \begin_layout Standard
41261 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
41264 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
41271 \begin_layout Bibliography
41272 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41273 LatexCommand bibitem
41280 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41283 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
41288 \begin_inset Newline newline
41292 \begin_inset Flex URL
41295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41297 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
41305 \begin_layout Bibliography
41306 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41307 LatexCommand bibitem
41308 key "latexcompanion"
41312 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
41314 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
41317 Addison-Wesley, 2004
41320 \begin_layout Bibliography
41321 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41322 LatexCommand bibitem
41327 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
41330 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
41333 Addison-Wesley, 2003
41336 \begin_layout Bibliography
41337 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41338 LatexCommand bibitem
41345 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
41348 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
41351 \begin_layout Bibliography
41352 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41353 LatexCommand bibitem
41365 Addison-Wesley, 1984
41368 \begin_layout Bibliography
41369 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41370 LatexCommand bibitem
41376 \begin_inset Newline newline
41380 \begin_inset Flex URL
41383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41385 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
41393 \begin_layout Bibliography
41394 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41395 LatexCommand bibitem
41401 \begin_inset Newline newline
41405 \begin_inset Flex URL
41408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41410 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
41418 \begin_layout Bibliography
41419 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41420 LatexCommand bibitem
41426 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41428 name "Documentation"
41429 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
41438 \begin_inset Newline newline
41442 \begin_inset Flex URL
41445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41447 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
41455 \begin_layout Bibliography
41456 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41457 LatexCommand bibitem
41463 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41465 name "Documentation"
41466 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
41470 of the LaTeX-package
41478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41479 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! caption
41485 \begin_inset Newline newline
41489 \begin_inset Flex URL
41492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41494 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
41502 \begin_layout Bibliography
41503 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41504 LatexCommand bibitem
41510 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41512 name "Documentation"
41513 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
41517 of the LaTeX-package
41525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41526 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
41532 \begin_inset Newline newline
41536 \begin_inset Flex URL
41539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41541 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
41549 \begin_layout Bibliography
41550 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41551 LatexCommand bibitem
41557 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41559 name "Documentation"
41560 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
41564 of the LaTeX-package
41572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41573 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
41579 \begin_inset Newline newline
41583 \begin_inset Flex URL
41586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41588 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
41596 \begin_layout Bibliography
41597 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41598 LatexCommand bibitem
41604 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41606 name "Documentation"
41607 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
41611 of the LaTeX-package
41619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41620 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! tipa
41626 \begin_inset Newline newline
41630 \begin_inset Flex URL
41633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41635 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
41643 \begin_layout Bibliography
41644 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41645 LatexCommand bibitem
41651 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41653 name "Documentation"
41654 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
41658 of the LaTeX-package
41666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41667 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
41673 \begin_inset Newline newline
41677 \begin_inset Flex URL
41680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41682 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
41690 \begin_layout Bibliography
41691 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41692 LatexCommand bibitem
41698 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41701 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
41705 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
41706 \begin_inset Newline newline
41710 \begin_inset Flex URL
41713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41715 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
41723 \begin_layout Bibliography
41724 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41725 LatexCommand bibitem
41731 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41734 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
41738 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
41739 \begin_inset Newline newline
41743 \begin_inset Flex URL
41746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41748 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
41756 \begin_layout Bibliography
41757 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41758 LatexCommand bibitem
41764 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41767 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
41771 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
41772 \begin_inset Newline newline
41776 \begin_inset Flex URL
41779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41781 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
41789 \begin_layout Bibliography
41790 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41791 LatexCommand bibitem
41797 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41800 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
41804 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
41805 \begin_inset Newline newline
41809 \begin_inset Flex URL
41812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41814 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
41822 \begin_layout Bibliography
41823 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41824 LatexCommand bibitem
41830 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41833 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
41837 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
41838 \begin_inset Newline newline
41842 \begin_inset Flex URL
41845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41847 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
41855 \begin_layout Bibliography
41856 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41857 LatexCommand bibitem
41863 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41866 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
41870 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
41871 \begin_inset Newline newline
41875 \begin_inset Flex URL
41878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41880 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
41888 \begin_layout Bibliography
41889 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41890 LatexCommand bibitem
41896 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41899 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
41903 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
41904 \begin_inset Newline newline
41908 \begin_inset Flex URL
41911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41913 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
41921 \begin_layout Bibliography
41922 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41923 LatexCommand bibitem
41929 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41932 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
41936 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
41937 \begin_inset Newline newline
41941 \begin_inset Flex URL
41944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41946 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
41954 \begin_layout Standard
41955 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
41962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41989 \begin_inset Note Note
41992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41999 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
42000 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
42001 bibliography is the second one:
42009 \begin_layout Standard
42010 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
42011 LatexCommand bibtex
42012 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs.bib"
42013 options "biblio/alphadin"
42020 \begin_layout Standard
42021 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
42024 \begin_layout Standard
42027 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
42028 LatexCommand printnomenclature
42033 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
42034 LatexCommand printindex